Order and Fabrication Manual for

FW 50+ SG Structural Glazing with

Royal S 102 SK Projected Top Hung Windows and
Royal S 102 PAF Parallel Opening Windows
February 2004

Dear Customer,
We are delighted to enclose the new Order and Fabrication Manual for our
FW 50+ SG structural glazing with Royal S 102 SK and Royal S 102 PAF insert
units.

The new FW 50+ SG system completely replaces the existing FW 50 SG

system, which we ceased supplying on 31.12.2003.

The FW 50+ SG structural glazing system offers a range of benefits, including

efficient fabrication and assembly, cost–effective stock management and tested
system security. One of the new features is the option of using dry silicone joints,
which makes your glazing system even more economical.

You can install the entire system without cover caps to create the usual structural
glazing effect, or add horizontal or vertical cover caps to accentuate certain lines
of the façade.

Complementing the FW 50+ SG system are the new Royal S 102 SK and
Royal S 102 PAF insert units. This new generation of insert units offers an
extremely wide range of solutions in combination with structural glazing. They can
also be used in our standard FW 50+ and FW 60+ façades.

The Royal S 102 PAF windows also feature the new parallel opening, whereby
the vent opens outwards parallel to the façade providing improved ventilation.

Availability and Pricing

All new articles are already in stock, except those articles listed as “available to
special order”. For prices, please see our current price list.

Thank you for your continued support of our company and our products. We look
forward to working with you again in the future.

Yours sincerely,
Schüco International KG
 The Company
Addresses

Overview
Art. No. index
Systems for
Façades and FW 50+ SG order information

Skylights Overview
Profile sections
Glazing options
Contents Corner cleats
Tools and machines for this series

Order information: Insert units

– Royal S 102 SK projected top hung windows
– Royal S 102 PAF parallel opening windows

Profile sections
FW 50+ SG structural glazing
FW 50+ SG façade with horizontal cover caps
FW 50+ SG façade with vertical cover caps
Gaskets and accessories
Corner cleats
Fittings for Royal S 102 SK projected top hung windows
Royal S 102 PAF parallel opening windows
Tools for this series

FW 50+ SG fabrication information

Fabrication instructions
Contents
Fabrication drawings

Schüco – Der Gebäudehüllenspezialist
Schüco – The building envelope specialist
Aluminium-Systeme Aluminium Systems Stahl-Systeme Steel Systems
Bauelemente Standard range products Solar-Systeme Solar Systems
Schüco International KG ist europaweit führender
Anbieter für systemgestütztes Bauen mit Alu-
minium, Stahl und Kunststoff. Als Innovations-
führer der Branche liefert Schüco Komponenten für
die gesamte Gebäudehülle inklusive spezieller Soft-
warelösungen hinsichtlich Planung, Konstruktion,
Kalkulation und Fertigung. Als global agierendes
Unternehmen kooperiert Schüco mit Architekten,
Investoren und Fertigungsbetrieben in nahezu allen
Ländern der Erde.
Mit dem ausgefeilten Konzept der Systempartner-
schaft positioniert sich Schüco weltweit nicht allein
über die technologische Kompetenz, sondern als
ein Unternehmen, das ganzheitlich für den Erfolg
aller Partner tätig ist.
Schüco – Das Unternehmen
Schüco – The company
Kunststoff-Systeme PVC-U Systems
Schüco Design Schüco Design
Schüco International KG is the European leader in
aluminium, steel and PVC-U system supported
construction. As leading innovator in this field,
Schüco supplies the components for the whole
building envelope, including special software
solutions for planning, construction, calculation
and fabrication. A truly global company, Schüco
co-operates with architects, investors and fabri-
cators in almost every country in the world.
With its well-honed model of system partnership,
Schüco stands out on the world stage, not only on
account of its technological expertise, but as a
company dedicated to the success of its partners.
Schüco – Der Gebäudehüllenspezialist
Schüco – The building envelope specialist
Aluminium-Systeme
Aluminium Systems
Der multifunktionalen Gebäude-
hülle gehört die Zukunft: Praxis-
gerechte Profile aus Aluminium
sind die sichere, kreative Basis
ganzheitlicher Lösungen für
Fassaden, Lichtdächer, Fenster,
Türen, Wintergärten, Balkone,
Geländer, Schutz- und Sicher-
heitskonstruktionen. Zukunfts-
weisende Fenster- und Fassaden-
leittechnik von Schüco führt
einzelne Gebäudesysteme zu
einer geschlossenen Einheit
zusammen.
The future belongs to the multi-
functional building envelope:
aluminium profiles are the
secure and creative basis for
comprehensive solutions for
façades, skylights, windows,
doors, conservatories, balconies,
balustrades, and protection
and security constructions.
Pioneering window and building
management technology from
Schüco brings individual building
systems together into a single
unit.
Stahl-Systeme
Steel Systems
Mit hochqualitativen Stahlrohr-
und Stahlprofilsystemen bietet
Schüco zusammen mit dem
Partner Jansen AG Lösungen
für Fassaden-, Tor- und Türtech-
nik. Schüco eröffnet damit
eine weitere Dimension der
Systemkompetenz: Architek-
tonische Freiheit, technologische
Lösungen für nahezu alle An-
forderungen und rationelle Ver-
arbeitung ergänzen sich optimal.
In partnership with Jansen AG,
Schüco offers solutions for
façade and door technology
from high quality steel tubes
and steel profile systems. In
this way, Schüco is opening a
new dimension in system
expertise: architectural free-
dom, technological solutions for
almost all requirements and
efficient fabrication are ideally
complemented.
Kunststoff-Systeme
PVC-U Systems
Schüco bietet hochwertige
Kunststoff-Systemtechnik, die
sich durch ein breit gefächertes
Produktprogramm und große
Gestaltungsvielfalt auszeichnet.
Funktionssicherheit, attraktives
Design, Farbenvielfalt und Kom-
fort durch einfache Bedienbar-
keit sind nur einige Vorteile der
Kunststoffsysteme von Schüco.
Schüco offers you high quality
PVC-U system technology
which is distinguished by its
broad range of products and
comprehensive design options.
Product reliability, attractive
designs, a range of colours and
the comfort of easy operation
are only some of the advantages
of Schüco PVC-U systems.

Bauelemente Solar-Systeme
Standard range products Solar Systems
Fertigelemente von Schüco aus
den Werkstoffen Kunststoff und
Aluminium sind für alle Anfor-
derungen des Neubaus oder der
Renovation verfügbar. Für indi-
viduelle Bauideen hat Schüco
die ideale Lösung, egal ob
Wintergärten, Balkonverglasun-
gen, Fenster, Türen oder Solar-
elemente – die Elemente sind auf
der Basis der Systemtechnologie
kompatibel.
Ready-made units made by
Schüco from PVC-U and alu-
minium are available for all your
new build or renovation needs.
Schüco has the ideal solution
for individual building ideas,
be it conservatories, balcony
glazing, windows, doors or solar
products – system technology
means all the units are fully
compatible.
Schüco – Der Gebäudehüllenspezialist
Schüco – The building envelope specialist
In der multifunktionalen Solar-
Systemtechnik von Schüco sind
alle Komponenten zur Wärme-
bereitung und Stromerzeugung
perfekt aufeinander abgestimmt.
Als führender Anbieter von
Photovoltaik- und Solarthermie-
Elementen garantiert Schüco ein
einheitliches Montagesystem
und somit besonders ressourcen-
schonende Technik.
Within the multifunctionality
of Schüco’s solar energy techno-
logy, all the components for
solar heating and electricity
production are perfectly inte-
grated. As the leading supplier
of photovoltaic and solar heating
units, Schüco guarantees a uni-
form system of assembly and
thereby also particularly efficient
technology.
Schüco Design
Schüco Design
Als Spezialist für Aluminium-
Systemtechnologie bietet
Schüco Design von der Entwick-
lung bis zur Produktion ein-
schließlich der Oberflächen-
bearbeitung und -veredlung ein
breites Spektrum an Designmög-
lichkeiten. Für den Maschinen-
bau, die Industrie- und Werbe-
technik und die Möbelindustrie
fertigt Schüco Design umfas-
sende Produktlösungen, die mit
Funktionalität, Wirtschaftlichkeit
und Flexibilität überzeugen.
As a specialist in aluminium
system technology, Schüco
Design offers a broad spectrum
of design options, from deve-
lopment to production, including
surface finishing. For enginee-
ring, industrial technology,
advertising and the furniture
industry, Schüco Design manu-
factures comprehensive product
solutions which are functional,
economical and flexible.
 Schüco – Anschriften
Schüco – Addresses

Unternehmenszentrale Head Office

Anschrift Address Vorwahl Dialling code Telefon Phone Telefax Telefax Internet Internet
DE Schüco International KG Karolinenstraße 1-15, 33609 Bielefeld +49 521 783-0 783-451 www.schueco.de
Postfach 10 25 53, 33525 Bielefeld

Unternehmen der Schüco Gruppe Companies in the Schüco Group

DE Veltrup Sonnenschutz GmbH Brunnenwiesenstraße 4, 94469 Deggendorf +49 991 3622-0 3622-196 www.veltrup.com

Produktionsstandorte Production plants

DE Borgholzhausen Borgholzhausen In der Lake 2, 33829 Borgholzhausen +49 5425 12-0 12-236 www.schueco.de
Postfach 1242, 33826 Borgholzhausen
DE Großkugel Großkugel Schücostraße 3, 06184 Großkugel +49 34605 38-01 38-625 www.schueco.de
DE Leopoldshöhe Leopoldshöhe Industriestraße 21-31, 33818 Leopoldshöhe-Greste +49 5202 491-0 491-223 www.schueco.de
Postfach 1253, 33815 Leopoldshöhe

Niederlassungen und Vertriebsbüros Deutschland Branches and Sales Offices Germany

DE Augsburg Augsburg Industriestraße 12, 86637 Wertingen +49 8272 82-0 82-282 www.schueco.de
Postfach 1164, 86634 Wertingen
DE Berlin Berlin Hoffmannstraße 18, 12435 Berlin +49 30 639908-12 639908-13 www.schueco.de
DE Bielefeld Bielefeld Schücostraße 23, 33609 Bielefeld +49 521 783-0 783-569 www.schueco.de
Postfach 102551, 33525 Bielefeld
DE Düsseldorf Dusseldorf Grünewalder Straße 28, 42657 Solingen +49 212 3832-113 3832-110 www.schueco.de
DE Frankfurt/Main Frankfurt/Main Schücostraße 1-5, 68649 Groß-Rohrheim +49 6245 27-0 27-59 www.schueco.de
Postfach 48, 68649 Groß-Rohrheim
DE Hamburg Hamburg Nikolaus-Otto-Straße 1, 22946 Trittau +49 4154 845-0 845-203 www.schueco.de
DE Köln Cologne Grünewalder Straße 28, 42657 Solingen +49 212 3832-213 3832-210 www.schueco.de
DE Leipzig Leipzig Weißenfelser Straße 55, 06667 Weißenfels/OT Borau +49 3443 342-0 342-299 www.schueco.de
DE Mannheim Mannheim Max-Eyth-Straße 8, 71672 Marbach +49 7144 8510-200 8510-299 www.schueco.de
Postfach 12 29, 71667 Marbach
DE Nürnberg Nurnberg Vogelweiherstraße 20, 90441 Nürnberg +49 911 272166-0 272166-66 www.schueco.de
DE Stuttgart Stuttgart Max-Eyth-Straße 8, 71672 Marbach +49 7144 8510-800 8510-899 www.schueco.de
Postfach 1229, 71667 Marbach

Internationale Stützpunkte und Auslandspartner International subsidiaries and partnerships

AE Verein. Arab. Emirate Schüco International KG, Technical Advisory Service, P.O. Box 54286, Dubai +971 4 2996955 2996959 www.schueco.com
United Arab Emirates Aluminium & Light Ind. Co. Ltd, ALICO, P. O. Box 6011 BMW Road +971 6 5339178 5330750 www.schueco.com
Industrial Area 2, Sharjah
AR Argentinien Argentina Schüco International KG (S.C.A.), Montañeses 1892, 1428 Buenos Aires +54 11 47805111 47801132 www.schueco.com.ar
AT Österreich Austria ALUKÖNIGSTAHL, Goldschlagstraße 87-89, 1150 Wien +43 1 981300 9813064 www.alukoenigstahl.com
BA Bosnien Herzegowina Schüco International KG, +387 61 207717 207717 www.schueco.com
Bosnia-Herzegovina Envera Šehovića 8/1, 71000 Sarajevo
BE Belgien Belgium Schüco International KG, Representation Office Belgium +32 87 590610 590611 www.schueco.be
Hochstraße 104, 4700 Eupen
BG Bulgarien Bulgaria ALUKÖNIGSTAHL EOOD
Tzarigradsko-Chaussee-Boul.,7.km, IPAKT-Bürohaus, Etage 7, 1784 Sofia +359 2 9744961 9744962 www.alukoenigstahl.bg
BH Bahrain Bahrain Aluminium & Light Ind. Co. Ltd, ALICO, P. O. Box 6011 BMW Road +971 6 5339178 5330750 www.schueco.com
Industrial Area 2, Sharjah, V.A.E. / U.A.E
BR Brasilien Brazil Representação Comercial – Brasil +55 11 518112 518112-99 www.schueco.com.br
Rua Américo Brasiliense, 1765, CEP 04715-003, São Paulo
CH Schweiz Switzerland Jansen AG, Stahlröhrenwerk, Industriestrasse 34, 9463 Oberriet SG +41 71 7639111 7612270 www.jansen.ch
CN China China Schüco China Co. Ltd., German Centre Beijing, Unit 0701, Landmark Tower 2 +86 10 65906131 65906141 www.schueco.com.cn
8 North Dongsanhuan Road, Chaoyang District, 100004 Beijing
CZ Tschechien Czech Republic Schüco International KG, Evropská 33c, 16000 Praha 6 +420 2 33081411 33326394 www.schueco.cz
DK Dänemark Denmark Schüco International KG, Salgskontor Danmark, +45 36342200 36342210 www.schueco.dk
Stamholmen 149, 2650 Hvidovre
DZ Algerien Algeria Schüco Middle East Wind & Facade Systems LLC, P.O. Box 1861, +971 6 5336659 5337732 www.schueco.com
Sharjah, V.A.E. / U.A.E.
EE Estland Estonia Schüco Eesti OÜ, Valdeku 132, 11216 Tallinn +372 6 599270 559146 www.schueco.ee
EG Ägypten Egypt Alu-Glass, 6th October City +20 2 8345452 8335516 www.schueco.com
Area 213, Hamada Imam Street, 2nd Industrial Zone, Giza
Alico Egypt, 15 Ramo Building, Al Nasr Road, Nasr City, Cairo +20 241 50561 53508 www.schueco.com
ES Spanien Spain Schüco International KG, Surcursal en España +34 91 8084020 8084040 www.schueco.es
Adva. de San Roque S/N, 28340 Valdemoro
FI Finnland Finland Schüco International KG, Suomen myyntikonttori +358 2 2746350 2746380 www.schucofin.com
Sirkkalankatu 38, 20700 Turku
FR Frankreich France Schüco S.C.S, Route de St Hubert – B. P. 3, 78610 Le Perray-en-Yvelines +33 1 34842200 34848712 www.schuco.fr
GB Großbritannien United Kingdom Schüco International KG, Whitehall Avenue, +44 1908 282111 282124 www.schueco.co.uk
Kingston, Milton Keynes, MK10 OAL
GR Griechenland Greece Schüco International Hellas KG +30 210 9690420 9690760 www.schueco.gr
Eleftheriou Venizelou 54, GR 16675 Glyfada (Athen)
Schüco Hellas, I. Karyofylli & P. Kyrillou Str., Balkan Center +30 2310 526262 500168 www.schueco.gr
Aristotelis Building, GR-54627 Thessaloniki
HR Kroatien Croatia ALUKÖNIGSTAHL d.o.o., Koturaska 69, 10.000 Zagreb +385 1 6110949 6110897 www.alukoenigstahl.hr
HU Ungarn Hungary ALUKÖNIGSTAHL Kft., IV. Baross u. 91-95, 1047 Budapest +36 1 4354000 4354001 www.alukoenigstahl.hu
IE Irland Ireland Schüco International KG, Whitehall Avenue, Kingston, +44 1908 282111 282124 www.schueco.co.uk
Milton Keynes, MK10 OAL, Großbritannien / UK
 Schüco – Anschriften
Schüco – Addresses

IL Israel Israel Schüco International Israel Ltd, Beit Noach, Room 101, +972 3 7514403 7514404 www.schueco.co.il
155 Jabotynsky St., Ramat Gan 52573
IR Iran Iran BEH Door Rangin 887, Abozar Ghafari 19thAve, Mashad +98 511 8401848 8429538 www.schueco.com
IS Island Iceland Schüco Island, Kringlan 85, 103 Reykjavik +354 5 688826 688821 www.schueco.is
IT Italien Italy Schüco International Italia srl +39 049 8226900 8226950 www.schueco.it
Via della Provvidenza, 141, 35030 Sarmeola/Padova
JO Jordanien Jordan Petra Aluminium Co., P. O. Box 2230, 11181 Amman +962 6 4200629 4200480 www.schueco.com
JP Japan Japan Schüco Japan Co. Ltd., Yusen Shinjuku Gyoen Bldg. 1-1-11 +81 3 53688651 53688653 www.schueco.jp
Shinjuku Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo 160-0022
KA Kasachstan Kazakhstan Skywin, Hansastraße 8-18, 33818 Leopoldshöhe, Deutschland / Germany +49 5202 9939315 9939316 www.schueco.kz
KE Südkorea South Korea Eagon Window and Door Systems Co. Ltd., +82 345 4912941 4912946 www.schueco.com
770-3 Wonsi-Dong Ansan, Kyunggi-Do
KG Kirgistan Kyrgyzstan Skywin, Hansastraße 8-18, 33818 Leopoldshöhe, Deutschland / Germany +49 5202 9939315 9939316 www.schueco.kg
KW Kuwait Kuwait Aluminium & Light Ind. Co. Ltd, ALICO, P. O. Box 6011 BMW Road +971 6 5339178 5330750 www.schueco.com
Industrial Area 2, Sharjah, V.A.E. / U.A.E
LB Libanon Lebanon AJAX, Aluminium Industries S.A.L., Zouk Mosbeh, P. O. Box 662 Jounieh +961 9 218240 218250 www.schueco.com
LT Litauen Lithuania Schüco Vilnius UAB, Lentvario 7, 2053 Vilnius +370 52 683201 640609 www.schueco.lt
LU Luxemburg Luxembourg Schüco International KG, Mühlenstr. 16, 54332 Wasserliesch +49 650 180950 180950 www.schueco.lu
LV Lettland Latvia Schüco Latvija SIA, Maskavas iela 240, 1063 Riga +371 7 268886 813533 www.schueco.lv
MA Marokko Morocco Schüco Middle East Wind & Facade Systems LLC, P.O. Box 1861, +971 6 5336659 5337732 www.schueco.ma
Sharjah, V.A.E. / U.A.E.
MK Mazedonien Macedonia Schüco International KG +381 11 3619428 657858 www.schueco.com
Narodnog Fronta 45/11, 11000 Belgrad
MN Mongolei Mongolia Skywin, Hansastraße 8-18, 33818 Leopoldshöhe, Deutschland / Germany +49 5202 9939315 9939316 www.schueco.com
MR Mauretanien Mauritania Schüco Middle East Wind & Facade Systems LLC, P.O. Box 1861, +971 6 5336659 5337732 www.schueco.com
Sharjah, V.A.E. / U.A.E.
NG Nigeria Nigeria Metalum Ltd., P. M. Bag 21471, Ikeja, Lagos +234 1 2669823 2666113 www.schueco.ng
NL Niederlande Netherlands A.G.M. Hofte Technische Agenturen B.V. +31 297 233670 250162 www.schueco.nl
Rendementsweg 3 a, 3641 SK Mijdrecht
NO Norwegen Norway Schüco International KG, Avd. Norge, Olaf Helsets vei 5, 0694 Oslo +47 23134080 22290708 www.schueco.no
OM Oman Oman Aluminium & Light Ind. Co. Ltd, ALICO, P. O. Box 6011 BMW Road +971 6 5339178 5330750 www.schueco.com
Industrial Area 2, Sharjah, V.A.E. / U.A.E
PL Polen Poland Schüco International Polska Sp.zo.o., Al.Jerozolimskie181, 02-222 Warszawa +48 22 6085000 6085006 www.schueco.pl
Biuro Gdynia, ul. Sportowa 8, 81-300 Gdynia +48 58 6620396 6620399 www.schueco.pl
Biuro Katowice, ul. Gawrownów 22, 40-527 Katowice +48 4832 2087270 2087271 www.schueco.pl
PT Portugal Portugal Schüco International, Sucursal en Portugal, Edificio Bonag +351 21 3927100 3927175 www.schueco.com
Rua Embaixador Teixeira de Sampaio, 4, 1350-220 Lisboa
QA Katar Qatar Aluminium & Light Ind. Co. Ltd, ALICO, P. O. Box 6011 BMW Road +971 6 5339178 5330750 www.schueco.com
Industrial Area 2, Sharjah, V.A.E. / U.A.E
RO Rumänien Romania ALUKÖNIGSTAHL S.R.L. +40 21 3277780 3264860 www.alukoenigstahl.ro
Bd. Unirii Nr. 64, BL. K4, sector 3, 7000 Bucuresti
RU Russland Russia Schüco International Moskau AG +7 095 1382715 1382596 www.schueco.ru
Prospekt Vernadskogo, 29, Office 1107, 117331 Moskau u. 1382597
SAO Schüco – St. Petersburg, Marschala Novikova 28, Liter E, +7 812 4491787 4491789 www.schueco.ru
197349 St. Petersburg
SA Saudi-Arabien Saudi Arabia Aluminium Manufacturing Co. Ltd., ALUMACO, P. O. BOX 8602 +966 3 8472555 8472081 www.schueco.com.sa
Dammam 31492
SCG Serbien u. Montenegro Schüco International KG +381 11 3619428 657858 www.schueco.com
Serbia a. Montenegro Narodnog Fronta 45/11, 11000 Belgrad
SD Sudan Sudan Schüco Middle East Wind & Facade Systems LLC, P.O. Box 1861, +971 6 5336659 5337732 www.schueco.com
Sharjah, V.A.E. / U.A.E.
SE Schweden Sweden Schüco International KG, Försäljningskontor Sverige +46 8 7140050 7145060 www.schueco.se
Heliosvägen 1 A, S 12030 Stockholm
SI Slowenien Slovenia ALUKÖNIGSTAHL d.o.o., Brnciceva st. 5, 1231 Ljubljana-Crnuce +386 1 5303270 5303269 www.alukoenigstahl.si
SK Slowakei Slovakia Schüco International KG, Trnavska cesta 50, 82102 Bratislava +421 2 44635577 44635582 www.schueco.sk
TD Tschad Chad Schüco Middle East Wind & Facade Systems LLC, P.O. Box 1861, +971 6 5336659 5337732 www.schueco.td
Sharjah, V.A.E. / U.A.E.
TJ Tadschikistan Tajikistan Skywin, Hansastraße 8-18, 33818 Leopoldshöhe, Deutschland / Germany +49 5202 9939315 9939316 www.schueco.com
TM Turkmenistan Turkmenistan Skywin, Hansastraße 8-18, 33818 Leopoldshöhe, Deutschland / Germany +49 5202 9939315 9939316 www.schueco.tm
TR Türkei Turkey Schüco Istanbul, IDTM Bloklari A1 Blok 14. Kat Nr. 441-442 +90 212 4656880 4688021 www.schueco.com.tr
34830 Yesilköy – Istanbul
UA Ukraine Ukraine Schüco International KG, Representative Office Kiev +380 44 4906844 4906837 www.schueco.ua
Ul Artema, 04053 Kiev
US USA USA Schüco Homecraft L.P., 240 Pane Road, Newington, CT 06111 / USA +1 860 6660505 6662359 www.schuco-usa.com
UZ Usbekistan Usbekistan Skywin, Hansastraße 8-18, 33818 Leopoldshöhe, Deutschland / Germany +49 5202 9939315 9939316 www.schueco.com
YE Jemen Yemen Schüco Middle East Wind & Facade Systems LLC, P.O. Box 1861, +971 6 5336659 5337732 www.schueco.com
Sharjah, V.A.E. / U.A.E.

Katalog: Art-Nr. 281 285 / Ausgabe: Februar 2004 Manual No.: 281 285 / Edition: February 2004
Nachdruck, auch auszugsweise, nur mit unserer Genehmigung. Wir behalten uns Änderungen, die dem technischen Fortschritt dienen, vor. Alle unsere Systeme
und technischen Produkte wurden unter Berücksichtigung deutscher und europäischer Normen, Richtlinien und Empfehlungen entwickelt. Daraus können sich im Einzelfall
Abweichungen zu ausländischen Normen, Richtlinien und Empfehlungen ergeben. Ein landesspezifischer Vergleich ist auf jeden Fall von unseren Kunden vorzunehmen.
Es gelten unsere jeweils aktuellen Allgemeinen Verkaufs- und Lieferbedingungen – Bestellunterlagen sind nicht als Fertigungsunterlagen anzuwenden.
Reproduction, even in part, is not permitted, exept with our approval. We reserve the right to introduce modifications in the interest of technical progress. All our systems and
technical products have been developed with due regard to the rules and conditions of DIN (Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V.).
Consequently, deviations from other standards may sometimes arise. Customers should therefore make their own comparison with appropriate standards in their own country.
Our general sales and delivery conditions apply – Ordering instructions are not intended for use as fabrication instructions.
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium ist...
Aluminium is...
• der Bauwerkstoff der Zukunft, da im hohen
Maße wertbeständig. Nur Aluminium bietet der
Architektur die Gestaltungsvielfalt in Form und
Farbe.
• langlebig und wertbeständig, da es weder
korrodiert noch verrottet. Bauelemente bleiben
ein Leben lang ohne erhaltende Maßnahmen
für die Oberfläche schön wie am ersten Tag.
• pflegeleicht, wird eloxiert oder farbbeschichtet
eingesetzt. Außer Reinigen fällt keine Wartung
an.
• beliebig gestaltbar, und läßt sich mit einem
hohen Vorfertigungsgrad für Bauprofile ver-
formen. Diese sind praktisch in jeder Form her-
stellbar.
• designorientiert, also der ideale Werkstoff
zum Einsatz in zeitgemäße Architektur. Alle
Formen und Farben sind machbar.
• nicht brennbar, es wird sogar in Verbindung
mit energieverzehrenden Materialien zu Feuer-
schutztüren T30 verarbeitet.
• wärmedämmend, Aluminium-Profile für
Fenster, Türen und Fassaden sind zweischalig
und mit Wärmedämmstegen verbunden.
• energiesparend, Aluminium kann unendlich
oft mit geringem Energieverbrauch ein-
geschmolzen werden. Je öfter Aluminium
recycelt wird, um so wirtschaftlicher ist es.
• leicht und stabil, mit einem spezifischen
Gewicht von nur 2,7 g/cm 3 sehr leicht. Daher
werden gerade am Bau Rohbaukosten gespart.
Die Festigkeit ist sehr hoch und präzise zu be-
rechnen – also ideal für großflächige Fenster,
Türen und Fassaden.
• sicher, und bedingt durch hohe Festigkeit in
Verbindung mit Spezialbeschlägen besonders
einbruchhemmend.
• umweltverträglich, und in keiner Weise
schädlich für die Umwelt. Auch im Brandfall
entstehen keine umweltschädigenden Stoffe.
• the building material of the future, as it
maintains its value. Only aluminium can give
architecture such a variety of combinations in
form and colour.
• durable and stable, as it neither corrodes
nor rots. Building components last a lifetime
without the need for further surface treatment.
It stays as good as new.
• easy to maintain, as it is anodised or colour-
coated. With the exception of cleaning, no
maintenance is necessary.
• versatile and can be fabricated into preformed
assemblies. These can be produced in practi-
cally any shape.
• a material for design: ideal for use in con-
temporary architecture. All kinds of shapes and
colours can be produced.
• non-flammable, used together with energy-
absorbing materials to produce T30 fire doors.
• thermal insulation: aluminium profiles for
windows, doors and façades are double
chambered and rolled together with insulating
bars.
• energy efficient: aluminium can be melted
down repeatedly, expending the minimum
amount of energy. Aluminium becomes more
economical each time it is recycled.
• light and stable, with a specific gravity of only
2.7 g/cm 3. Savings can therefore be made on
the cost of the building shell. It has a high
degree of stability which can be calculated
with precision, making it ideal for large area
windows, doors and façades.
• secure, and particularly burglar-resistant
both because of its strength and when used
with special fittings.
• ecologically harmless, and does not damage
to the environment. Even during fires, no
environmental pollutants are released.

Aluminium und Umwelt
Aluminium and Environment
Für Sie und die Umwelt ein Gewinn:
Schüco-Systeme aus Aluminium
• Aluminium ist leicht, fest, pflegeleicht und
korrosionsbeständig – ein Werkstoff mit langer
Lebensdauer.
• Aluminium ist präzise formbar – für energie-
sparende Bauteile mit hoher Dichtigkeit,
Schall- und Wärmedämmung.
• Von dem Mineral Bauxit, aus dem Aluminium
gewonnen wird, verfügt die Erde über nahezu
unerschöpfliche Vorkommen.
• Der Energiebedarf zur Gewinnung von Alu-
minium wird weltweit zu über 60 % aus um-
weltfreundlicher und immer wieder verfüg-
barer Wasserkraft gedeckt.
• Alt-Aluminium wird schon immer recycelt und
behält im Wertstoff-Kreislauf seine orginalen
Qualitätseigenschaften.
• Beim Einschmelzen von Alt-Aluminium sind
nur noch 5 % des ursprünglichen Energieein-
satzes erforderlich.
• Bereits heute bestehen rund 35 % des Alu-
minium-Verbrauchs aus wiederverwertetem
Aluminium. Der Anteil wächst ständig.
Im Baubereich existiert ein umfassendes Wert-
stoff-Kreislauf-System.
Eine Gesellschaft im Dienst
der Umwelt
Zuschnittreste aus den Betrieben und ausgebaute
Alt-Bauteile werden der Wiederverwendung zu-
geführt. Schüco International und seine Partner
fördern und nutzen diesen Kreislauf seit Jahren.
Aluminium
Aluminium
A success for you and the environment:
Schüco aluminium Systems
• Aluminium is light, solid and noncorrosive –
a maintenance-free, long-life material.
• Aluminium can be shaped with precision to
make energy-saving building components, sea-
led against the elements and with a high
degree of sound and thermal insulation.
• The mineral bauxite, from which aluminium
is extracted, is present in the earth in almost
inexhaustible quantities.
• Over 60% of the energy required to extract
aluminium worldwide is generated from
environmentally friendly, renewable sources,
namely water power.
• After aluminium has been recycled, it still
retains its quality characteristics.
• When aluminium is melted down for recycling,
only 5% of the original energy input is requi-
red.
• 35% of aluminium consumption today already
consists of recycled aluminium. This percen-
tage is steadily increasing.
Comprehensive resource recycling plays an
important role within the building industry.
An organisation serving
the environment
Factory cut-offs and reclaimed materials from the
renovation of old buildings are all recycled for future
use. For many years, Schüco International and its
partners have actively employed and promoted
recycling.
Schüco – Qualität
Schüco – Quality
Die Schüco Qualitätssicherung nach DIN ISO 9001
Schüco Quality Assurance in accordance with DIN ISO 9001
Der Schüco International KG wurde am 24.10.92
durch ein Qualitätsaudit der DQS (Deutsche
Gesellschaft zur Zertifizierung von Qualitäts-
sicherungssystemen mbH), das Zertifikat für
Qualitätssicherungssysteme nach DIN ISO 9001
ausgestellt.
Damit ist sichergestellt, daß die Qualitätssicherung
bei Schüco den Forderungen der DIN ISO 9001
entspricht und auch angewandt wird.
Was bedeutet Qualitätssicherung nach
DIN ISO 9001?
Dieses Qualitätssicherungssystem stellt sicher,
daß alle Produkte aus dem Hause Schüco nach
festgeschriebenen Regeln geplant, entwickelt und
produziert werden. Von diesem Qualitäts-
sicherungssystem werden alle Abteilungen und
Ressorts, die direkt oder indirekt mit Schüco-
Produkten zu tun haben, erfaßt. Somit werden alle
Bereiche und Mitarbeiter für eine gute Qualität
in Verantwortung genommen. Dies beginnt bei
der Produktionsplanung und setzt sich bei der
Gestaltung und Entwicklung sowie der Artikel-
fertigung bis hin zur Abnahme der Produkte fort.
Die produktbezogenen Gütezeichen und/oder
Normen werden durch die Qualitätssicherung
DIN ISO 9001 unterstützt.
Following a quality audit carried out by the DQS
(German Organisation for Certification of Quality
Assurance Systems), Schüco International KG was
awarded the Certificate for Quality Assurance
Systems in accordance with DIN ISO 9001 on
24.10.1992. This ensures that Quality Assurance
at Schüco complies with the requirements of
DIN ISO 9001 and is also implemented there.
What does Quality Assurance in
accordance with DIN ISO 9001 mean?
This Quality Assurance system ensures that all pro-
ducts from Schüco are planned, developed and
produced in accordance with specific rules. The
system covers all divisions and departments relating
directly or indirectly to the production of Schüco
products. Thus all departments and employees
assume responsibility for good quality. This begins
in production planning and continues in design and
development, through the production of articles,
right up to the final acceptance of the products. The
product-related quality marks and/or standards are
supported by DIN ISO 9001.
 Technical information Important information

All the articles listed can be ordered in the usual way:

– From our sales staff
– By contacting the relevant branch
When ordering, please ensure that all articles are supplied and charged in the quantities and
lengths indicated (PU = packing unit).
H For details of the accessories shown with the profile (the Art. Nos. in small print), see
the appropriate accessories pages within each chapter.

Aluminium composite profiles:

Complete profiles
H The aluminium composite profiles are supplied as illustrated in the manual.
During colour coating, the temperature measured on the surface of the profile must not exceed 180 oC.

Complete profiles rolled together by the customer

H Insulating bars made of PolythermidR
The profiles must always be rolled together after surface treatment.
H Insulating bars made of polyamide 6.6 GF25
The profiles can be rolled together either before or after surface treatment.
During colour coating, the temperature measured on the surface of the profile must not exceed 180o C.
H The aluminium and steel profiles are supplied in 6 m lengths. Any exceptions to this are clearly indicated on
the relevant page of the manual.
H The aluminium profiles are supplied either in mill finish, anodised or colour–coated.
When ordering anodised or colour–coated profiles, the surface finish code denoting the quality of the surface
finish, e.g. VKZ 2 (E2/EV1) or the colour finish code VKZ 9 (e.g. RAL 2323) must be given in addition to the
Art. No. of the untreated profile.
H PVC–U profiles are supplied in a variety of types of package.
Please refer to the relevant order pages for the type of package.

How our Art. No. system works:

All article numbers have 6 digits, e.g. 166 010.

Initial digit
The first digit denotes the product group:
1 =
Aluminium profiles and sheets
3 =
2 = Fittings and accessories, steel profiles
7 =
8 = PVC–U profiles

Surface finish code

In addition to product groups 1 and 3, the surface finish codes describe the surface finish properties
of the aluminium profile.

0 = mill finish, unprocessed

1 = colour–coated (RAL 9016)
2 = anodised, E 2 / EV 1 (E 2 conforming to DIN)
3 = colour–coated (with pre–anodising)
4 = colour–coated (RAL 9010)
6 = anodised, E 6 / EV 1
7 = anodised, E 6 / bronze (as per sample)
8 = anodised, E 2 (in accordance with DIN), bronze–coloured (as per sample)
9 = colour–coated (various colours)

2.2004/GB Overview 1–11

 System FW 50+ SG Art. No. index
Art. No. Article Description Chapter/Page Art. No. Article Description Chapter/Page
106 116 Locking bar Insert units 2–1, 2–2, 3–1 234 787 Gearbox handle, white Insert units 7–3, 7–5
106 117 Locking bar Insert units 2–1, 2–2, 3–1 234 788 Gearbox handle, black Insert units 7–3, 7–5
110 240 Cover cap FW 50+ SG 2–8, 2–9 237 390 PAF sliding block Insert units 8–3, 8–4
112 710 Pressure plate FW 50+ SG 2–8, 2–9 237 438 Motor bracket Insert units 7–4, 8–4
134 420 Aluminium profile FW 50+ SG 2–3 237 439 Motor bracket Insert units 7–4, 8–4
205 930 Countersunk self–tapping screw Insert units 7–3, 7–4, 8–3 237 477 SK lining Insert units 7–3, 7–4
205 963 Special self–tapping screw FW 50+ SG 3–5 237 493 Parallel opening stay Insert units 8–3, 8–4
205 964 Fixing screw Insert units 7–3, 7–4 237 494 Parallel opening stay Insert units 8–3, 8–4
205 981 Fixing screw Insert units 7–3, 7–4, 8–3 237 507 SK centre locking point Insert units 7–3, 7–4, 7–5
214 754 Window handle Insert units 7–5 237 508 Locking gear Insert units 7–3, 7–5
214 755 Window handle Insert units 7–5 237 525 Glazing support FW 50+ SG 3–7
218 156 Nail Insert units 6–1 237 567 Additional fitting kit Insert units 7–4, 7–5, 8–4
218 362 Locking keep Insert units 7–3, 7–4, 7–5 237 840 Glazing clip Insert units 5–5
218 368 Locking roller Insert units 7–3, 7–4, 7–5 237 841 Glazing clip Insert units 5–5
218 779 Nail Insert units 6–1 237 854 Glazing clip FW 50+ SG 3–5
219 609 Rebate stay Insert units 7–3, 7–5 237 855 Glazing clip FW 50+ SG 3–5
223 558 Additional fitting kit Insert units 7–3, 7–5 237 856 Glazing clip FW 50+ SG 3–6
223 559 Supplementary fitting kit Insert units 7–3, 7–4, 7–5 237 857 Glazing clip FW 50+ SG 3–6
223 764 Connecting cable Insert units 7–4, 7–6, 8–4 237 858 Glazing clip FW 50+ SG 2–5, 3–6
223 765 Connecting cable Insert units 7–4, 7–6, 8–4 237 882 Adjustment block Insert units 7–3, 7–4, 7–5
223 969 Control unit Insert units 7–4, 7–6, 8–4 238 151 Corner cleat Insert units 6–2
223 970 Control unit Insert units 7–4, 7–6, 8–4 238 156 Glazing deflector block FW 50+ SG 3–8
224 063 Glazing rebate gasket Insert units 5–1 238 157 Glazing clip FW 50+ SG 3–9
224 072 Insulating bar Insert units 5–6 238 158 Glazing clip FW 50+ SG 3–9
224 073 Insulating bar Insert units 5–6 238 159 Glazing clip FW 50+ SG 3–9
224 092 Insulating bar Insert units 5–6 238 235 Gearbox handle, silver finish, PAF Insert units 8–3, 8–5
224 093 Insulating bar Insert units 5–6 238 236 Gearbox handle, black, PAF Insert units 8–3, 8–5
224 104 Gasket Insert units 5–1 238 274 Limiting stay Insert units 8–3, 8–5
224 105 Gasket Insert units 5–1 244 071 Adapter profile Insert units 5–3
224 205 Gasket Insert units 5–1 244 072 Adapter profile Insert units 5–3
224 259 Gasket Insert units 5–1 244 141 Gasket Insert units 5–4
224 267 Gasket Insert units 5–1 244 142 Gasket Insert units 5–4
224 268 Gasket Insert units 5–1 244 143 Gasket Insert units 5–4
224 269 Gasket Insert units 5–1 244 144 Joint sealing tape FW 50+ SG 3–7
224 310 Rebate gasket Insert units 5–6 244 146 U–shaped joint sealing tape FW 50+ SG 3–7, 3–8, 3–9
224 539 Glazing gasket Insert units 5–6 244 147 Centre gasket Insert units 5–1
224 683 Rebate gasket Insert units 5–5, 9–2 244 148 Rebate gasket Insert units 5–1
224 807 Isolator FW 50+ SG 3–3 244 150 Gasket corners Insert units 5–1
224 810 Isolator FW 50+ SG 3–3 244 151 Gasket frame Insert units 5–1
224 852 Wall attachment FW 50+ SG 2–7 244 152 Gasket corners Insert units 5–1
224 896 Rebate gasket Insert units 5–1 244 429 Moulded gasket intersection FW 50+ SG 3–8
224 933 Adapter Insert units 5–3 244 430 L–shaped moulded gasket FW 50+ SG 3–8
224 934 Adapter Insert units 5–3 244 431 T–shaped moulded gasket FW 50+ SG 3–8
224 935 Adapter Insert units 5–3 244 501 Deflector block FW 50+ SG 3–8
224 936 Adapter Insert units 5–3 244 555 Adapter gasket, 13 mm Insert units 5–3
224 937 Adapter Insert units 5–3 244 557 Adapter gasket, 7 mm Insert units 5–3
224 938 Adapter Insert units 5–3 244 586 U–shaped joint sealing tape FW 50+ SG 3–7, 3–8, 3–9
226 268 Corner cleat FW 50+ SG 4–2 244 943 Gasket Insert units 5–5
226 269 Corner cleat FW 50+ SG 4–1 244 944 Glazing rebate gasket FW 50+ SG 3–3
226 270 Corner cleat Insert units 6–1 244 945 Glazing rebate gasket FW 50+ SG 3–3
226 537 Corner cleat Insert units 6–1 244 946 Glazing rebate gasket FW 50+ SG 3–3
226 538 Outer frame corner cleat Insert units 6–1 244 947 Glazing rebate gasket FW 50+ SG 3–3
228 389 Glazing support FW 50+ SG 3–7 244 948 Glazing rebate gasket FW 50+ SG 3–3
228 391 Glazing support FW 50+ SG 3–7 244 949 Glazing rebate gasket FW 50+ SG 3–3
228 392 Glazing support FW 50+ SG 3–7 244 956 Gasket corners FW 50+ SG 3–3
228 650 Spring clip Insert units 1–10 244 957 Gasket corners FW 50+ SG 3–3
233 104 Top hung friction stay Insert units 7–3, 7–4 244 958 Gasket corners FW 50+ SG 3–3
233 105 Top hung friction stay Insert units 7–3, 7–4 244 959 Gasket frame FW 50+ SG 3–3
233 106 Top hung friction stay Insert units 7–3, 7–4 244 960 Gasket frame FW 50+ SG 3–3
233 118 PAF synchronous chain motor Insert units 8–4, 8–5 244 961 Gasket frame FW 50+ SG 3–3
233 119 SK chain motor Insert units 7–4, 7–5 244 962 Spandrel panel profile FW 50+ SG 2–6, 2–7
233 120 SK synchronous chain motor Insert units 7–4, 7–5 280 106 Corner crimping machine FW 50+ SG 4–1
233 121 Interface (power supply) Insert units 7–4, 7–6, 8–4 280 530 Drilling jig Insert units 6–1, 6–2, 9–1
233 122 Locking motor Insert units 7–4, 7–5, 8–4 280 531 Drilling jig Insert units 6–1, 9–1
234 186 Gearbox handle, silver finish Insert units 7–3, 7–5 280 599 Screwdriver for glazing clip FW 50+ SG 3–5, 5–1
234 188 Gearbox handle, pure white Insert units 7–3, 7–5 280 601 Drilling jig Insert units 9–2
234 189 Gearbox handle, white Insert units 7–3, 7–5 280 616 Hand router FW 50+ SG 5–2
234 315 Gearbox handle, black Insert units 7–3, 7–5 280 760 Bit ISR 25x90 FW 50+ SG 3–5, 5–1
234 616 Handle Insert units 7–5 280 991 Drilling jig Insert units 6–2, 9–1
234 785 Gearbox handle, silver finish Insert units 7–3, 7–5 280 998 Notching shears FW 50+ SG 5–1
234 786 Gearbox handle, pure white Insert units 7–3, 7–5 298 195 Foam strip FW 50+ SG 3–6

1–12 Art. No. index 2.2004/GB

 System FW 50+ SG Art. No. index
Art. No. Article Description Chapter/Page Art. No. Article Description Chapter/Page
322 260 Mullion FW 50+ SG 2–3, 2–6
322 280 Mullion FW 50+ SG 2–7
322 400 Transom FW 50+ SG 2–1, 2–2, 2–6
323 040 Mullion FW 50+ SG 2–4
323 050 Mullion FW 50+ SG 2–5
323 470 Mullion FW 50+ SG 2–7
323 620 Mullion FW 50+ SG 2–4
323 630 Mullion FW 50+ SG 2–5
326 280 Vent frame Insert units 2–1, 3–1, 4–1
326 290 Vent frame Insert units 2–1, 2–2, 3–1
326 300 Outer frame Insert units 2–1, 2–2, 3–1
326 310 Glass retention profile Insert units 3–2, 3–4, 4–2
326 330 Vent frame Insert units 3–2, 4–2
326 340 Vent frame Insert units 2–1
326 380 Spandrel panel profile FW 50+ SG 2–6
326 650 Vent frame Insert units 2–2, 3–3, 4–3
326 660 Vent frame Insert units 3–4, 4–4
326 670 Vent frame Insert units 2–2
326 730 Motor suspension Insert units 1–10
326 740 Motor cover Insert units 1–10
327 040 Wall joint backing profile FW 50+ SG 2–7
328 400 Vent frame Insert units 3–10, 3–9
328 420 Glazing bead Insert units 3–9, 4–9
328 600 Glazing bead Insert units 3–10, 4–10
328 710 Vent frame Insert units 3–1, 4–1
328 720 Vent frame Insert units 3–3, 4–3
721 702 Angle profile FW 50+ SG 4–1

2.2004/GB Art. No. index 1–13

 System FW 50+ SG Art. No. index
Art. No. Article Description Chapter/Page Art. No. Article Description Chapter/Page

1–14 Art. No. index 2.2004/GB

 Overview 1–3
Test reports
System overview
Thermal insulation
Summary of profiles
Systems for Fabrication and glazing information
Order processing

Façades and Profile sections 2–1

Mullions
Skylights Transoms
Inner corner 90°
Variable angle outer corners

FW 50+ SG Spandrel panels (non-ventilated façade)

Wall attachment

Glazing options 3–1

Corner cleats 4–1

Order information
Machines and tools for this series 5–1

FW 50+ SG
 Overview
FW 50+ SG system

Insert unit Insert unit

Royal S 102 SK / Royal S 102 SK /
Royal S 102 PAF Royal S 102 PAF

FW 50+ SG system FW 50+ SG system

Silicone joints with Silicone joints with wet
U–shaped dry glazing sealing

Insert unit Insert unit

Royal S 102 SK / Royal S 102 SK /
Royal S 102 PAF Royal S 102 PAF

FW 50+ SG system FW 50+ SG system

With horizontal cover caps With vertical cover caps
2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 1–3
 FW 50+ SG system Test reports

Test reports for the Schüco FW 50+ SG system

No. of test
System Type of test EN standard Test institute Test result
report/certificate
FW 50+ SG Air permeability of joints EN 12152 ift-Rosenheim 105 25509 AE

FW 50+ SG Resistance to driving rain EN 12154 ift-Rosenheim 105 25509 RE

FW 50+ SG Double glazing prEN 1279–2 ift-Rosenheim 601 25611/1 –

FW 50+ SG General building approvals German Institute of Civil Z–70.1–46 –

Engineering
FW 50+ SG Disengagement of sash ETRAV RWTH Aachen / Prof. S–47–01 –
Sedlacek & Partner
Test Institute
FW 50+ SG Uf values See Uf values on the
following pages

The following Schüco systems are designed to meet special noise reduction
requirements:
Evaluated sound
Schüco system Glazing
insulation

R w ,P = 43 dB FW 50+ SG [10–(20)–LSG 8]

R w ,P = 38 dB FW 50+ SG [8–(20)–LSG 6]
Silicone joints with
U–shaped dry glazing

R w ,P = 44 dB FW 50+ SG [10–(20)–LSG 8]

R w ,P = 39 dB FW 50+ SG [8–(20)–LSG 6]
Silicone joints with wet
sealing

When using noise reduction glazing, it is important to ensure that the noise reduction values given by the supplier
have been calculated in accordance with the most recent test norms.
Where the frames have larger face widths, the evaluated sound insulation value may be diminished.

1–4 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ SG system System overview

FW 50+ SG system
— All system components of the FW 50+ façade construction can be used.
— The FW 50+ SG system has obtained general building approval Z–70.1–46.
— The system can be installed to a height of 100m*)
*) Height restrictions are subject to national and/or local regulations.
The system FW 50+SG has been tested to RE 1050 Pa on water
penetration (static) and AE 1200 Pa on air penetration, as per test
report no.105 25509 from IFT Rosenheim (for details and copy
please contact your local Schüco representative).

— The following design options are available:

FW 50+ SG façade
with silicone joints with
U–shaped dry glazing
FW 50+ SG façade
with silicone joints with wet
sealing
Structural glazing
– Joint formation with U–shaped dry glazing
– Joint formation with wet sealing
Retained on two sides
– With vertical cover caps
– With horizontal cover caps
— Butt joint widths of 20 mm when wet sealing or U–shaped dry glazing is
used.
— Concealed fixing lugs for attaching double glazed fixed lights.
— Choose one of the following types of insert unit:
– Projected top hung windows (Royal S 102 SK)
– Parallel opening windows (Royal S 102 PAF)
— The insert units for Royal S 102 SK / PAF windows can be operated
manually or by motor.
— Rebate base ventilation and pressure equalisation is achieved via all four
corners of each module field into the mullion rebate.

FW 50+ SG façade
with horizontal cover caps

FW 50+ SG façade
with vertical cover caps
Technical data:
Testing the sound insulation of
Thermal
Air Resistance to one window (W x H) 1230 x
System Profile Aluminium profile insulation
permeability driving rain 1480 mm gave the following
material tolerances DIN 4108
of joints result.
in accordance with in accordance with Sound insulation value Frame material
draft draft
EN 12152 EN 12154 Rw DIN 4109 group
When using a special
See Uf value table on
pane – noise reduction the following page
FW 50+SG ENAW–6060 EN12020–2 AE RE(1050 Pa) class 4 (40 – 44 dB)
1200

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 1–5

 FW 50+ SG system Thermal insulation

Basic depth
thickness
Glass
FW 50+ SG system FW 50+ SG system
Silicone joints with U–shaped Silicone joints with wet sealing
dry glazing

1
These Uf values have been calculated in accordance with
2 E DIN EN ISO 10077–2.
The Uf values are independent of the basic depths and glazing
thickness.

2 2 1
FW 50+ SG system Glass thickness Basic depth Uf values
[mm] [mm] [W/(m2.K)]

Silicone joints with

2.50
U–shaped dry glazing

32 – 40 50 – 200

Silicone joints with wet

1.60
sealing

1
These values are fully compliant with the requirements of the energy conservation act EnEV 2002 in Germany and
Document L in England and Wales.
(Used in conjunction with suitable glass, attachments to structure and the correct infill panels.)

2
Note:
To obtain a definitive evaluation, you usually need to use calculations for complete building components or the entire
structure.

1–6 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ SG system Summary of profiles
Date: September 2003
Circumf. Effective moment
Mullions Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
322 250
— 322 250 150 345 31.35 19.30
— 322 260 180 375 55.55 22.76
322 270
— 220 415 108.42 28.14
g 323 460
322 280
— 260 455 167.25 32.40
322 260 322 270 322 280 322 290 g 323 470
g 323 460 g 323 470 g 323 480
322 290
— 300 495 278.59 38.42
g 323 480
322 300
— 350 545 423.76 44.37
g 323 490
322 310
— 399 596 663.00 52.81
g 323 500
326 030
— 450 646 1010.13 76.76
g 326 040
326 250
— 399 596 731.00 68.29
g 326 260

g Stock length 4.0 m

Important:
322 300 322 310 326 250 326 030 For mullions with a basic depth of 175 and 200 mm,
g 323 490 g 323 500 g 326 260 g 326 040 use T-cleats Art. No. 226 146, 226 173 and 226 147
from the FW 60+ system.

Circumf. Effective moment

Insert profiles (for butt joints or structural reinforcement) Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
— 201 216 * — 583 49.63 8.32
— 201 217 * — 657 81.45 9.38
— 322 720 — 278 39.12 11.62
— 322 730 — 320 74.61 14.27
— 322 740 — 356 119.95 16.33
— 322 750 — 406 226.51 19.12
— 322 760 — 457 342.78 21.92
322 720 322 730 322 740 — 322 780 — 470 — —
Joint backing
profile — 326 050 — 502 403.26 16.60
322 780 — 326 270 — 453 282.35 14.91

201 216 * 201 217*

* Inreinforcement
certain calculations, such as for structural
using aluminium mullions, the Ix value
is multiplied by 3.
(module of elasticity ratio: steel – aluminium)

322 750 322 760 326 270 326 050

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 1–7

 FW 50+ SG system Summary of profiles
Date: September 2003
Circumf. Effective moment
Mullions with variable angle glazing plane Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
323 040
— 194 449 107.07 26.81
g 323 620
323 050
— 234 489 165.15 31.07
g 323 630
323 060
— 254 529 274.78 37.09
g 323 640
— 328 640 323 578 418.07 43.03
— 328 650 373 629 687.36 64.40
— 328 660 423 679 950.87 72.86
323 040 323 050 323 060 328 640 g Stock length 4.0 m
g 323 620 g 323 630 g 323 640

Important: —
Mullions with variable angle
glazing planes can only be
connected to level 1 transoms.

328 650 328 660

Circumf. Effective moment
Insert profiles (for butt joints or structural reinforcement) Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
— 322 720 — 278 39.12 11.62
— 322 730 — 320 74.61 14.27
— 322 740 — 356 119.95 16.33
— 322 750 — 406 226.51 19.12
— 322 780 — 470 — —
— 326 050 — 502 403.26 16.60
— 326 270 — 453 282.35 14.91

322 720 322 730 322 740 322 750

Joint backing
profile

322 780
326 270 326 050

1–8 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ SG system Summary of profiles
Date: September 2003
Assembly mullions Profile Circumf. Effective moment
of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
For use only with the pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
FW 50+ SG façade — 323 940 107 441 69.83 8.10
with vertical cover caps
— 323 950 107 422 42.37 6.61
— 323 960 127 481 117.44 8.96
— 323 970 127 462 76.63 7.38
— 323 980 147 521 181.23 9.80
— 323 990 147 502 124.08 8.15
— 326 010 172 571 286.42 10.82
— 326 020 172 552 204.50 9.11

323 950 323 970 323 990 326 020

323 940 323 960 323 980 326 010
Circumf. Effective moment
Insert profiles (for butt joints or structural reinforcement) Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
— 323 270 — 118 2.45 0.27
— 323 280 — 158 7.95 0.34
— 323 290 — 198 18.25 0.41

323 270 323 280 323 290

Circumf. Effective moment
Corner mullions Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
— 322 500 170 634 83.90 226.30
— 322 510 170 633 127.60 127.60
— 322 520 130 554 54.29 54.29

322 520 322 510 322 500

Circumf. Effective moment

Insert profile (can be inserted either end, for butt joints or Page
Profile
(mm) of inertia
Art. No. Ix Iy
structural reinforcement) pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
— 322 720 — 278 39.12 11.62
— 322 730 — 320 74.61 14.27
— 322 780 — 470 — —

Joint
backing
profile
322 780 322 720
322 730
Circumf. Effective moment
Aluminium add–on construction Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
Transom pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
— 323 540 44 335 4.26 10.81
Mullion — 323 550 56 322 3.97 10.67

Flush with
323 540 323 550 mullion:
Can be used on timber or steel 323 540
substructures

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 1–9

 FW 50+ SG system Summary of profiles
Date: September 2003
Circumf. Effective moment
Supplementary profiles for inner corners Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
— 112 180 48 161 — —
— 112 250 36 137 — —
— 122 970 40 202 13.50 6.51
— 160 080 — 115 — —
— 224 851 — — — —

90o — 224 852 — — — —

135o
— 323 120 16 63 — —
— 323 130 28 86 — —
224 842
323 420 323 440 224 842 — 323 140 40 90 — —
— 323 150 52 102 — —
— 323 160 64 114 — —
— 323 170 76 136 — —
— 323 180 88 146 — —
— 323 420 143 325 46.94 25.85
120o — 323 430 160 350 51.04 38.24
— 323 440 135 312 34.37 24.60

224 842 — 323 520 — 150 — —

323 430 — 323 530 — 150 — —
— 323 850 44 138 — —
Can only be used Connect with screws at
on both sides, 250 mm intervals and seal — 323 860 66 178 — —
right and left. leg of mullion gasket so that
it is permanently elastic — 324 980 40 214 19.25 7.62
224 842
— 327 040 60 335 1.05 9.39

323 860 323 850 112 180 112 250

Glazing rebate reduction profiles Wall attachment profiles

323 120
224 842
224 851 224 852

323 130 224 842

323 520 224 842 323 530

323 140 for transoms for mullions

327 040
323 150
Adapter
gasket,
see
323 160 Accessories

224 842
323 170

122 970 324 980

323 180 Attachment profile for top and
bottom façade attachment

160 080

1–10 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ SG system Summary of profiles
Date: September 2003
Circumf. Effective moment
Transom (level 1) Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
322 370 — 322 370 62 200 0.41 3.63
322 380
— 322 380 92 230 3.02 8.93
— 322 390 160 298 28.08 17.16

Variable transom — 322 400 190 328 49.42 20.77

— 322 410 230 368 89.42 25.59
Ridge purlin
322 630 — 322 420 270 408 144.16 30.41
322 460
— 322 430 310 448 221.21 35.37
— 322 440 360 498 354.71 41.98
— 322 450 410 548 509.65 48.01
— 322 460 104 242 5.15 10.37
322 490 322 640 — 322 490 104 356 25.57 14.64
323 840
— 322 630 79 356 21.19 5.66
Assembly transom for use only with the Flush with
– FW 50+ SG façade — 322 640 83 329 19.07 5.03
mullion:
with horizontal cover caps 322 290 — 323 840 140 278 16.09 14.71
– Mullion joint 323 480
— 327 800 168 524 182.35 17.39
Flush with
Flush transom — 327 810 135 381 94.76 8.74
327 800
322 390 with (level 2):
mullion: 322 350
322 250 327 810

322 400 Flush with Flush with

mullion: corner mullion:
322 260 322 500
322 520

Flush with Variable–angle Flush with

mullions:
mullion: assembly mullion:
322 410 322 270 323 040 323 940
323 460 323 620 323 950
Flush with Flush with
corner mullion: transom (level 2):
322 510 322 330
Flush with Variable–angle Flush with
mullions:
mullion: assembly mullion:
322 420 322 280 323 050 323 960
323 470 323 630 323 970
Flush with Flush with
corner mullion: transom (level 2):
322 500 322 340
Flush with Flush with
mullion: assembly mullion:
322 290 323 980
322 430 323 480 323 990
Variable–angle Flush with
mullions:
transom (level 2):
323 060 322 350
323 640
Flush with Flush with
mullion: assembly mullion:
322 440 322 300 326 010
323 490 326 020
Variable–angle Flush with
mullions: transom (level 2):
328 640 322 360

Flush with Variable–angle

mullions:
mullion:
322 450 322 310 328 640
323 500
326 250
326 260

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 1–11

 FW 50+ SG system Summary of profiles
Date: September 2003
Circumf. Effective moment
Transom (level 1) for bottom and top façade attachment Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
Flush with Variable–angle Flush with
mullions: — 323 910 140 608 115.81 39.36
mullion: assembly mullion:
323 910 322 270 323 040 323 940 — 323 920 180 692 292.14 43.56
323 460 323 620 323 950
— 323 930 230 792 634.31 47.16
Flush with Flush with
corner mullion: transom (level 2):
322 510 322 330

Flush with Flush with

mullion: assembly mullion:
Important:
322 290 323 980 The spring bolt T–cleat 226 083 may not
323 920 323 480 323 990 be used with transoms 323 910, 323 920 or
Variable–angle Flush with 323 930.
mullions:
transom (level 2):
323 060 322 350
323 640

Flush with
323 930
mullion:
322 310
323 500
326 250
326 260

Circumf. Effective moment

Transom (level 2) Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
Flush with Flush with pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
mullion: assembly mullion: — 322 330 218 380 84.67 23.99
322 270 323 940
323 460 323 950 — 322 340 258 420 138.54 28.81
322 330 Flush with Flush with transom — 322 350 298 460 215.35 33.80
corner mullion: (level 1):
— 322 360 348 510 347.82 40.38
322 510 322 410

Flush with Flush with

mullion: assembly mullion:
322 280 323 960
323 470 323 970
322 340 Flush with Flush with
corner mullion: transom (level 1):
322 500 322 420

Flush with Flush with

mullion: assembly mullion:
322 290 323 980
323 480 323 990
322 350
Flush with transom
(level 1):
322 430

Flush with Flush with

mullion: assembly mullion:
322 300 326 010
323 490 326 020
322 360 Flush with
transom (level 1):
322 440

1–12 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ SG system Summary of profiles
Date: September 2003
Circumf. Effective moment
Supplementary profiles (non–ventilated façade spandrel panel) Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
2–6 326 380 — 209 — —

Spandrel panel profile

Circumf. Effective moment

Spacer for SG double glazing Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
— — 106 — —
*
* Art. No. supplied on request to authorised
companies.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 1–13

 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication and glazing information

Anodised
E6/dark bronze

1 5
2 3 4

6
1 3.1
3 7 8

4 3.1

2
1 4 1 2
2 2 3 4

5 6
2 2

1–14 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication and glazing information

1 Coloration of the pane excess

Paste the pane excess with silicone to ensure that it is the same colour.

2 Sealing
Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound, such as DC 791 or Elastosil 600 or 605 to seal
the glass joint.
Observe the fabrication guidelines of the sealant supplier (e.g. DOW CORNING or Wacker
Chemie) to ensure that the sealant is compatible and bonds with the pane edge joint.

3 Assembly mullions
Do not use assembly mullions for vertical silicone joints (length changes are problematic).

4 Outer pane of toughened safety glass

The outer pane must be made of toughened safety glass.

Further information:
Only double glazed units that have UV–resistant silicone edge seals may be used.
The necessary glass thickness and glass edge specification must be agreed with the glazing
supplier.
All combinations of glass, silicone adhesive and pre–filler should be agreed with the glass,
adhesive and sealant suppliers (warranty).
When using transparent glass, samples must be taken before production starts (as air bubbles
may form in the pre–filler).
The profiles to be bonded to the glass are only supplied in E6 / dark bronze and are
date–marked.
The glazing supplier should document the adhesive characteristics between the surface coating
of the glass and the sealant.

Important:
Points *1, *3, *4 and the further information also apply to silicone joints with U–shaped dry
glazing.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 1–15

 FW 50+ SG system Order processing

Fabricators should follow the procedure described below when placing SG orders.

Fabricator receives order for SG façade

Fabricator places order with Schüco

1. Profiles: – for load–bearing system
– for insert units
2. Application for “General Building Approval”
3. Request system training from Schüco customer service
Contact: Area Sales Manager

Fabricator receives order confirmation from Schüco

1. For the load–bearing system, accessories etc.
2. For the SG profiles to be bonded with the glass and anodised in
E6/dark bronze
3. Also enclosed:
– Binding fabrication guidelines for the fabricator
– Binding fabrication guidelines for the glazier
– Instruction sheet for ordering process
– Fabrication certificate for SG profiles

Schüco delivers SG profiles

SG 50 N SYSTEM FW 50+ SG SYSTEM

– Delivered directly to fabricator in E6 / dark bronze – Delivered directly to fabricator in E6 / dark bronze
only and date–marked (approved for bonding) only and date–marked (approved for bonding)
– Double glazing spacer profile is delivered directly to
the Schüco–authorised glazier only

Fabricator fabricates frame for bonding

– Observe requirements of building approval
– Observe binding fabrication guidelines for the fabricator
– Observe Schüco’s technical regulations
– Follow fabrication drawings for the system used

Fabricator places order with Schüco–authorised glazier

– Passes on binding fabrication guidelines for glazier
– Passes on fabrication certificate for SG profiles to glazier

Fabricator installs SG insert units on building

– Use trained personnel only

SG = Structural Glazing

1–16 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Section of mullion and
FW 50+ SG system
transom with double glazing
Silicone joints with U–shaped dry glazing

Sections
Transom
Silicone support
(supplied by customer)
228 389

237 525 205 963

224 807

244 945
4
237 855

Basic depth 6–180

Basic depth

3
50–200

Mullion

244 948

237 525

100 mm
237 855

For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing

244 146 4 information” section.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

T–cleat (S) Glazing gasket, inside 5 mm 244 945

226 081 50 100 m
screw–type Glazing gasket, inside 11 mm 244 948
Transom (level 1) 322 400 6.0 m T-cleat (S)
226 155 50 For vulcanised gasket frame
for CNC use (gasket combination 5 / 11 mm),
screw–type see accessories.
Screw 205 082 100
Gasket corners for
244 945 / 244 948 5 / 11 mm 244 957 20
U–shaped joint seal 244 146 100 m
Glazing support 228 389 50
Glazing support with screws 237 525 50
Glazing clip double–sided 237 855 100
10 x 6 m
Isolator 17 mm 224 807
bars
Special screw A2
ST 5.5x23.5 205 963 100
For more information, Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
see subchapter:
2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 2–1
 Section of mullion and
FW 50+ SG system
transom with double glazing
Silicone joints with wet sealing

Transom
Silicone support
(supplied by customer)
228 391
2

244 144 205 963

224 807

322 400

4 244 945
237 855

Basic depth 6–180

Basic depth

3
50–200

Mullion

244 948

237 855

For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing

2 244 144 information” section.
224 807 205 963 4
Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories
PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

T–cleat (S) Glazing gasket, inside 5 mm 244 945

226 081 50 100 m
screw–type Glazing gasket, inside 11 mm 244 948
Transom (level 1) 322 400 6.0 m T-cleat (S) for
226 155 50 For vulcanised gasket frame
CNC use (gasket combination 5 / 11 mm),
screw–type see accessories.
Screw 205 082 100
Gasket corners for
244 945 / 244 948 5 / 11 mm 244 957 20
Joint seal 244 144 200 m
Glazing support 228 391 50
Glazing clip double–sided 237 855 100
10 x 6 m
Isolator 17 mm 224 807
bars
Special screw A2
ST 5.5x23.5 205 963 100

For more information, Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
see subchapter:
2–2 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 Mullion section
FW 50+ SG system
Inner corner 90o

3
322 260

Anodise in
E6/dark bronze
244 948 204 507

2 mm formed
aluminium sheet

204 507
134 420
3
322 260

237 854 2 205 963

4
244 144 205 963
224 807
244 144
2 224 807

4
244 948
For further details, see the “Fabrication and 237 854
glazing information” section.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

Glazing gasket, inside 11 mm 204 507 100 m

Available to special order as
vulcanised gasket frame (gasket
combination 5 / 11 mm).
Mullion 322 260 Gasket corners
224 662 / 204 507 5 / 11 mm 204 861 20
Glazing gasket, inside 11 mm 244 948 100 m
For vulcanised gasket frame
(gasket combination 5 / 11 mm),
6.0 m see accessories.
Gasket corners for 5 / 11 mm 244 957 20
244 945 / 244 948
Joint seal 244 144 200 m
Rectangular tube
134 420 Glazing clip single–sided 237 854 100 m
20 x 20 x 2.0 mm 10 x 6 m
Isolator 17 mm 224 807
bars
Special screw A2
ST 5.5x23.5 205 963 100
For more information, Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
see subchapter:
2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 2–3
 Mullion section
FW 50+ SG system
Variable angle outer corner 0o-10o

3
323 040

160o – 170o

Variable angle outer corner 0o–5o

244 948
3
205 963

224 807 170o –180o

237 857

1 1

2 244 144 4

Important:
Pane excess of the outer pane 237 856
6 mm on both sides
(Angle = 5o – 10o)
2
Important: 4
5°–10° 5°–10° Pane excess of the outer pane
2 mm on both sides
(Angle = 0o –5o)

For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing 0°–5° 0°–5°
information” section.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

Glazing gasket, inside 11 mm 244 948 100 m

323 040 6.0 m For vulcanised gasket frame
(gasket combination 5 / 11 mm),
Mullions see accessories.
Gasket corners for
323 620 4.0 m 244 945 / 244 948 5 / 11 mm 244 957 20
Joint seal 244 144 200 m
Glazing clip 0o–5o 237 856 100
Glazing clip 5o–10o 237 857 100
10 x 6 m
Isolator 17 mm 224 807
bars
Special screw A2
ST 5.5x23.5 205 963 100
For more information, Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
see subchapter:
2–4 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 Mullion section
FW 50+ SG system
Variable angle outer corner 10o–45o
Variable glazing clip Art. No.
237 858 for outer angle 10o – 45o
Assembly aid
298 195
237 858

As supplied

205 447

Variable glazing clip to

3 be shortened by
customer

Outer angle
323 050
Mullion angle 120o, outer angle 30o

244 948 3

205 447
237 858 4

1
2 Outer angle

4
1 1
2
To be shortened by
customer
For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing
information” section. Outer angle

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

Glazing gasket, inside 11 mm 244 948 100 m

323 050 6.0 m For vulcanised gasket frame
(gasket combination 5 / 11 mm),
Mullions see accessories.
Gasket corners for
323 630 4.0 m 244 945 / 244 948 5 / 11 mm 244 957 20

Variable glazing clip 10o – 45o 237 858 20

Foam strip 12x1.6 mm 298 195 60 m

Socket head
self–tapping screw ST 5.5 x 19 205 447 100
For more information, Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
see subchapter:
2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 2–5
 Spandrel panels
FW 50+ SG system
– Non–ventilated façade –

For further details, see the “Fabrication

and glazing information” section.
4 244 945

322 400
228 391
244 144

237 855 205 963

2 2 mm formed 3
aluminium sheet 322 260
326 380
2 mm
formed
aluminium
sheet

205 963
4

244 948

4 244 144 2 237 855 326 380

Panel construction
2 mm formed
aluminium sheet
326 380
4

228 391
244 144

237 855 205 963

2 322 400 2

244 945 244 962

2 mm formed
aluminium sheet

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

Glazing gasket, inside 5 mm 244 945

Mullion 322 260 100 m
Glazing gasket, inside 11 mm 244 948
For vulcanised gasket frame
T–cleat (S) 226 081 50 (gasket combination 5 / 11 mm),
screw–type
see accessories.
Transom (level 1) 322 400 6.0 m T-cleat (S)
226 155 50 Gasket corners for
for CNC use
screw–type 244 945 / 244 948 5 / 11 mm 244 957 20
Screw 205 082 100 Joint seal 244 144 200 m
Glazing clip double–sided 237 855 100
CC (Cr)
Spandrel panel profile 326 380 crimped
226 269 40
Glazing support 228 391 50

PVC–U attachment CC fabricated from profile: Special screw A2

profile 244 962 bonded 721 702
6m ST 5.5x23.5 205 963 100

For more information, Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
see subchapter:
2–6 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 FW 50+ SG system Wall attachment

Sealing to building
structure
327 040
Adjust to suit
site conditions Building structure
3
322 280 228 650

205 436

224 254
224 842

244 948 224 852

224 934
237 855 244 962

2
4
224 807 244 144 2 mm aluminium sheet
205 963

For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing

information” section.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

Glazing gasket, inside 11 mm 244 948 100 m

322 280 6.0 m
For vulcanised gasket frame
Mullion (gasket combination 5 / 11 mm),
323 470 4.0 m see accessories.
Gasket corners for
244 945 / 244 948 5 / 11 mm 244 957 20
Gasket 224 842 200 m
Wall joint backing 327 040 Adapter gasket 2 mm 224 934 100 m
profile Joint seal 244 144 200 m
Vapour barrier 224 254 50 m
Spring clip 228 650 50
Attachment Glazing clip double–sided 237 855 100
224 852 6.0 m
profile for 10 x 6 m
Isolator 17 mm 224 807
transom bars
CC fabricated from Oval head screw
ST 3.9x9.5 205 436 100
profile: DIN 7981 A4
PVC–U attachment 244 962
profile bonded 721 702 6 m Special screw A2 ST 5.5x23.5 205 963 100

For more information, Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
see subchapter:
2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 2–7
 Section of mullion and transom
FW 50+ SG system
with horizontal cover caps

110 240
112 710 Transom
Silicone support
(supplied by customer)

228 391

205 833
298 296
224 810

322 400

224 606 244 945

237 855
4

Basic depth 6–180

Basic depth

3 Silicone joint
50–200

Mullion Pressure plate

244 948
Cruciform / T–joints
At all cruciform and
T–joints between
pressure plates and
silicone joints, use
customer–fabricated
Stainless steel stainless steel cover
237 855 cover plate plates to separate EPDM
30x20x0.2 mm gaskets and sealing
(supplied by compound.
customer)

For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing

2 244 144 information” section.
224 807 205 963 4
Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories
PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

T–cleat (S) Glazing gasket, outside 224 606 200 m

226 081 50
screw–type Glazing gasket, inside 5 mm 244 945
100 m
Transom (level 1) 322 400 T-cleat (S) Glazing gasket, inside 11 mm 244 948
for CNC use 226 155 50
screw–type For vulcanised gasket frame
(gasket combination 5 / 11 mm),
Screw 205 082 100 see accessories.
Gasket corners for
244 945 / 244 948 5 / 11 mm 244 957 20
Cover cap 110 240 6.0 m Joint seal 244 144 200 m
Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
Glazing support 228 391 50
Glazing clip double–sided 237 855 100
Isolator 17 mm 224 807 10 x 6 m
Pressure plate 112 710 31 mm 224 810 bars
Special screw A2 ST 5.5x23.5 205 963
ST 5.5x50 205 833 100
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
2–8 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 Section of mullion and transom
FW 50+ SG system
with vertical cover caps

Transom
Silicone support
(supplied by customer)
228 391
2

244 144 205 963

224 807

322 400

4 244 945
237 855

Basic depth 6–180

Basic depth
50–200
3
Mullion
Pressure plate
Silicone joint
244 948

Cruciform / T–joints
At all cruciform and
T–joints between
224 810

pressure plates and

silicone joints, use
customer–fabricated
stainless steel cover
Stainless steel plates to separate EPDM
cover plate gaskets and sealing
30x20x0.2 mm compound.
224 606 (supplied by
4 customer)

298 296 112 710

205 833
110 240 For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing
information” section.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

T–cleat (S) Glazing gasket, inside 5 mm 244 945

226 081 50 100 m
screw–type Glazing gasket, inside 11 mm 244 948
Transom (level 1) 322 400 6.0 m T-cleat (S)
226 155 For vulcanised gasket frame
50
for CNC use (gasket combination 5 / 11 mm),
screw–type see accessories.
Screw 205 082 100 Gasket corners for
244 945 / 244 948 5 / 11 mm 244 957 20
Joint seal 244 144 200 m
Cover cap 110 240
Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
Glazing support 228 391 50
Glazing clip double–sided 237 855 100
Isolator 17 mm 224 807 10 x 6 m
31 mm 224 810 bars
Pressure plate 112 710
Special screw A2 ST 5.5x23.5 205 963
ST 5.5x50 205 833 100
For more information, Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
see subchapter:
2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 2–9
 FW 50+ SG system

2–10 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Glazing options
FW 50+ SG system
– Fixed glazing –
Silicone joints with U–shaped dry glazing

Glazing
options
ÁÁ
ÁÁ Important:

ÁÁ
Glass edge cover = 15 mm

ÁÁ ÁÁ ÁÁ Important: U–shaped dry glazing

ÁÁÁÁ
Not suitable for faceted façades.

Silicone joints with wet sealing

ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Important:
Glass edge cover = 15 mm
Silicone joints with U–shaped dry glazing Silicone joints with wet sealing

Composition
of glazing Glass

ÁÁÁÁ
unit thickness /
[mm] infill

ÁÁÁÁ
[mm]

6 32 244 949 244 946

6
8 244 948 244 945
34 228 391
8 6 244 949 244 946
6 10 244 947 244 944
8 36 244 146 228 389 237 525 244 144 224 807 244 948 244 945
10
8
10 38 (including 244 947 244 944
10 8 screws) 228 392 244 948 244 945
10 10 40 244 947 244 944
For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing information” section.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 3–1

 Glazing options
FW 50+ SG system
Façade with cover caps
FW 50+ SG façade with horizontal cover caps

ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁ Á
ÁÁ Á Important:
Glass edge cover = 15 mm

FW 50+ SG façade with vertical cover caps

Shortened

ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁ Á
ÁÁ Á
Important:
Glass edge cover = 15 mm
Silicone joints with wet sealing

Composition
of glazing Glass

ÁÁÁÁ
unit thickness /
[mm] infill

ÁÁÁÁ
[mm]

6 32 244 949 244 946

6
8 244 948 244 945
34 228 391
8 6 244 949 244 946
6 10 224 807 224 810 244 947 244 944
8 36 244 144 244 948 244 945
(17) (31)
8
10 38 244 947 244 944
10 8 228 392 244 948 244 945
10 10 40 244 947 244 944
For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing information” section.

3–2 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Glazing options
FW 50+ SG system
Inner glazing gaskets
Illustration Description Example

Isolator profile
plastic, provides thermal breaking.
The isolators are installed continuously into the
mullion and transom profiles.
PU = 10 x 6 m bars

ÁÁ
Glass Use with cover
ÁÁ
thickness / caps
infill X X
[mm] Art. No. [mm] Art. No. [mm]
32–40 224 807 17 224 810 31

Glazing rebate gasket

black EPDM.
Usage: For use inside, mullions and transoms
PU = 100 m
Not compatible with acrylic glass

ÁÁ Glass
thickness of
inner pane
[mm]
For mullions
X
For transoms
X
Art. No. [mm] Art. No. [mm]
6 244 949 13 244 946 7
8 244 948 11 244 945 5
10 244 947 9 244 944 3

Gasket corners
black EPDM, for gasket combinations. Used at the
intersection between mullion and transom.

ÁÁ
PU = 20, 1/2 RH

ÁÁ Glass
thickness of Gasket
inner pane combination
[mm] X
Gasket
corners
[mm]
6 244 946 7 244 958
244 949 13
244 945 5
8
244 948 11 244 957
10 244 944 3 244 956
244 947 9

Gasket frame
black EPDM, with vulcanised corners.
When ordering, state the following:
Art. No., number of gasket frames
required and size measured in mm
between the mullions (PFz) and
Distance between transoms

transoms (RIz).
RIZ

ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Distance between mullions
PFZ
Glass Gasket Frame
thickness / combination
inner pane X
gasket
[mm]
[mm]

Á
6 244 946 7 244 961
244 949 13
244 945 5
8
244 948 11 244 960
10 244 944 3 244 959
244 947 9
For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing information” section.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 3–3

 Glazing options
FW 50+ SG system
Inner glazing gaskets
Order form for corner vulcanised gasket frames (for copying)
To: Schüco International KG Tel.: +49 5 21 / 78 3 – 0 Schüco website:
Karolinenstrasse 1–15, http: //www.schueco.de
D–33609 Bielefeld Fax: +49 5 21 / 78 3 – 451 http: //www.schueco.com

From: Fabricator(s):

Industry:

Address:

Post code/City:

Tel.: Fax:

Contact person:

Commission / project:

Gasket frame: 2
Art. No.

Distance between mullions = PFz

Distance between transoms = RIZ

Standard design:

Silicone–treated Not silicone–treated

Frame PFZ RIZ Gasket PFZ RIZ

Item No. gasket Item No. frame
Width Height Width Height
max. 6 digits * max. 6 digits *
[Quantity] [mm] [mm] [Quantity] [mm] [mm]

Schüco International KG’s technical conditions and general conditions * Do not list the same item twice.
of sale and delivery apply.

Date: Signature:

3–4 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ SG system Glazing options

Glazing clips
Illustration Description Example

237 855
Glazing clip –
double–sided
aluminium.
PU = 100
1. Fixed 2. Fixed glazing
Fixed glazing
Note: Usage System
Install using screwdriver Art. glazing
No. 280 599.
Order separately Transom / Order fixing screw 205 963
Double–sided FW 50+ SG
mullion separately.
237 854
Glazing clip – single–sided
aluminium.
PU = 100
Note: Fixed
Usage System
Install using screwdriver Art. glazing
No. 280 599.
Transom /
Order separately Single–sided FW 50+ SG
mullion

Special self–tapping screw

ISR 25
Screw using bit Art. No. 280 760.
With short tip and cutting edge
stainless steel A2, specially
anti–friction coated 1. Fixed
glazing
PU
Art. No. Dimensions
Order fixing screw e.g. Royal S 102 SK /
205 963 ST 5.5x23.5 100 205 963 separately. Royal S 102 PAF windows

Torx head screwdriver bit ISR 25

for universal use
PU
Art. No. Dimensions

280 760 ISR 25 x 90 5

280 599
Screwdriver
plastic, for fixing single–sided glazing
clip 237 854 and double–sided glazing
clip 237 855.

Assembly instructions
Glazing clip
205 963

280 599

1. Place screw on tool.

2. Attach glazing clip.
3. Insert glazing clip into the outer joint and turn 90°.
4. Using the Torx head screwdriver bit ISR 25 Art.
No. 280 760, screw the screw Art. No. 205 963
into the load–bearing system.
 760
Torx head
screwdriver bit
ISR 25 x 90

For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing information” section.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 3–5

 FW 50+ SG system Glazing options

Glazing clip for variable angle outer corner 0o – 5o

Illustration Description Example

3 Order fixing screw

205 963 separately.
237 856
Glazing clip
aluminium, for use on outer corners
from 0o to 5o.
PU = 100

205 963

2 mm pane excess
4
on both sides 2
Glazing clip for variable angle outer corner 5o – 10o
Illustration Description Example

3 Order fixing screw

237 857 205 963 separately.
Glazing clip
aluminium, for use on outer corners from
5o to 10o.
PU = 100

205 963

1 1 4
6 mm pane excess
2
on both sides

Glazing clip for variable angle outer corner 10o – 45o

Illustration Description Example

237 858
298 195 Variable glazing clip
Foam strip aluminium, for use on outer corners
aids from 10o to 45o.
assembly Variable glazing clips can be
shortened to the required angle. Order fixing screw
PU = 20 205 447 separately.

205 447

Socket head self–tapping

screw DIN 912 4
hexagonal
without cutting tip 1 1
2
PU
Art. No. Dimensions

205 447 ST 5.5 x 19 100

298 195
Foam strip
self–adhesive, black, consists of closed cell Outer angle
polyethylene tape.
1,6

PU = 60 m
Variable glazing clip to be
Do not apply at temperatures below +10oC. shortened by customer
12 Effective temperature: – 80oC to +100oC.

For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing information” section.

3–6 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ SG system Glazing options

Joint formation with wet sealing

Illustration Description Example

3
244 144
Joint seal
polyethylene, black, for use as
outer filler profile.
PU = 200 m

2 4
244 144
Glazing support
for silicone sealing
aluminium, for hooking into the
Silicone support
transom profiles.
(supplied by customer)
Length = 100 mm 2
Hook in 228 391

244 144
For glass thicknesses of
32 –36 mm 38 –40 mm
228 391 228 392 4
PU = 50
Joint formation with U–shaped dry glazing
Illustration Description Example

244 146
U–shaped joint seal 3
silicone, black, for use as outer sealing
profile.
PU = 100 m

Alternative: Joint seal for greater impermeability

244 586 244 146 4

U–shaped joint seal with
additional inner lips
silicone, black, for use as outer sealing 3
profile for even greater impermeability.
PU = 100 m
Note: To special order
This article is available to special order.
Minimum order quantity available on
request.

244 586 4
228 389
Glazing support
for inner pane
aluminium, for hooking into the
transom profiles.
Hook in PU = 50

237 525 Silicone support

(supplied by customer)
Glazing support 228 389
for outer pane
aluminium, black, for use in
237 525
the transom area for the
U–shaped joint seal.
Length = 100 mm
PU = 50 4
Including fixing screws, black

For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing information” section.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 3–7

 FW 50+ SG system Glazing options

244 146 U–shaped joint seal

Accessories for joint formation with
244 586 Joint seal with additional inner lips U–shaped dry glazing

Illustration Description Example

238 156 244 146 or

244 586 sold by
Glazing deflector block the metre
plastic.
Install the glazing deflector block from the
front at head and base points and above
mullion butt joints.
PU = 20
In addition, seal glazing deflector block
carefully using Schüco–Dicht+ 298 595.

238 156

244 501
Deflector block 244 501
silicone, black.
Used in conjunction with glazing
deflector block. Ventilation channel
PU = 20
244 146 or 244 586 sold
by the metre

244 429
Moulded gasket
intersection
silicone, black.
Use: Intersection
between mullion
and transom
PU = 50

244 146 or
244 586
sold by the
244 431 metre
T–shaped moulded gasket
silicone, black.
Use: Intersection between
mullion and transom
PU = 50

244 146 or
244 586
sold by the
metre

244 430
L–shaped moulded gasket
silicone, black.
Use: Intersection between
mullion and transom
PU = 20, 1/2 RH

244 146 or 244 586 sold

by the metre

For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing information” section.

3–8 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ SG system Glazing options

244 146 U–shaped joint seal

Accessories for joint formation with
244 586 Joint seal with additional inner lips U–shaped dry glazing

Illustration Description Example

Glazing clip
aluminium, black, including fixing Glazing clip
screws
The glazing clip provides additional
security for the outer pane.
Use:
 
  

Including fixing screws

(black)
Torque 2 Nm

X
Glass thickness of Art. No.
outer pane

6 mm 238 157
8 mm 238 158
10 mm 238 159

Glazing clip

For further details, see the “Fabrication and glazing information” section.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 3–9

 FW 50+ SG system

3–10 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Corner cleats
FW 50+ SG system
for spandrel panel profiles
Corner cleats
Spandrel panel – Glass – Example

326 380
226 269

Corner cleat
Corner cleat
crimped, cast aluminium
For connecting corner of profile 326 380.
PU = 40
Can be crimped on corner crimping
machines.

Corner crimping machines

293 050 296 980 / 296 998 and 280106
Crimping knife Stop block Crimping knife Stop block Glass
297 091 297 094 299 028 299 012

Spandrel panel – Aluminium sheet –

Fabricated using 721 702

244 962

721 702
PVC–U profile
L–shaped PVC–U profile.
Colour: white
PU = 6 m Aluminium sheet

Note: T–cleats and joint connectors in the façade.

! For more information, see Order Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 4–1

 Corner cleats
FW 50+ SG system
for spacers
Corner cleat
Example

Top
226 268 Spacer

Machining
with hand router 280 616

SG double
glazing
226 268
Corner cleat
sheet steel, galvanised
For connecting corner of spacer in SG
double glazing
PU = 2500

Note:
Machine spacer with hand router 280 616.
Spacer

Note:
Only Schüco–authorised companies may bond SG double glazing.

4–2 FW 50+ SG 2.2004GB

 FW 50+ SG system Tools and machines for this series

Tools for glazing clips

Assembly instructions
Glazing clip
205 963

280 599

1. Place screw on tool.

2. Attach glazing clip.
3. Insert glazing clip into the outer joint and turn 90°.
4. Using the Torx head screwdriver bit ISR 25 Art. No.

Tools and machines

280 760, screw the screw Art. No. 205 963 to the
load–bearing system.
 760
Torx head screwdriver bit
ISR 25 x 90

for this series

Illustration Description

Torx head screwdriver bit

ISR 25
for universal use

PU
Art. No. Dimensions

280 760 ISR 25 x 90 5

280 599
Screwdriver
plastic, for fixing single–sided glazing clip
237 854 and double–sided glazing clip
237 855.

Tool for joint formation with U–shaped dry glazing 244 146
Joint seal

Illustration Description Example

280 998
Notching shears
For notching the joint seal at the
cruciform joint.
The joint seal is notched after
assembly.
237 525

100 mm

Joint seal can be machined using

notching shears 280 998.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 5–1

 FW 50+ SG system Tools and machines for this series

Machine for fabricating double glazing

Illustration Description Example

Point 1 2 3 4
Spacer
Spacer in E6/dark
bronze
Butyl
Silicone:
Silicone–based structural
load–bearing adhesive
e.g. DOW CORNING DC
993 or Wacker Chemie
Glass
Elastosil SG 500.
thickness

Construction of SG
double glazing
280 616
Hand router
for notching the spacer.
Spacer Top

226 268

Note:
Machine spacer
Only Schüco–authorised companies may bond SG double glazing. SG double
using hand router
glazing
Art. No. 280 616.

5–2 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Overview 1–3
System benefits
Insert units
Summary of profiles
Fabrication and glazing information
Systems for
Façades and
FW 50+ SG 2–1
Skylights – With U-shaped dry glazing
– With wet sealing

Glazing options
Royal S 102 SK
projected top hung
FW 50+ SG with horizontal cover caps 3–1
windows 2-sided cover cap combinations:
– Stepped glass with or without glass retention profile
– Double glazing with glazing bead on all sides
Royal S 102 PAF Glazing options
parallel opening
windows FW 50+ SG with vertical cover caps
2-sided cover cap combinations:
4–1

– Stepped glass with or without glass retention profile

– Double glazing with glazing bead on all sides

Glazing options

Gaskets and accessories 5–1

Corner cleats 6–1

Fittings for Royal S 102 SK 7–1

projected top hung windows

Fittings for Royal S 102 PAF 8–1

parallel opening windows
Royal S 102 SK / PAF
Order information

Tools for this series 9–1

 Overview
Insert units
for Schüco façade systems

Royal S 102 SK projected top hung windows

Royal S 102 PAF parallel opening windows
Benefits you will appreciate:
` Can be integrated into the following systems:
FW 50+ SG FW 50+ / 60+

` A range of design options:

Stepped double glazing:
– The system can be installed to a height of 100m*)
*) Height restrictions are subject to national and/or
local regulations. For details please contact your
local Schüco representative.
Country–specific requirements must be observed.
Double glazing:
Royal S 102 SK – With outer glazing bead
Projected top hung window Can be used up to 100 m installation height

` Many possible combinations:

– SG model with no cover caps
With U–shaped dry glazing joint or
wet sealing joint
– With 2–sided horizontal or vertical cover cap
` Motorised or manual operation
` Maximum glass thickness of 42 mm
(depending on model used)
` Wide range of colours
– a different colour outside from inside –

Royal S 102 SK Royal S 102 PAF

Projected top hung window Parallel opening window
Opening angles /
max. 20o – 45o max. 210 mm
Royal S 102 PAF widths
Parallel opening window Max. width 2,700 mm max. 2,000 mm depending on
installation
Max. height 2,000 mm max. 2,000 mm height
Max. area 4 m2 3 m2
100 kg
Max. weight 120 kg (up to 140 kg with
additional lock)

2.2004/GB Insert units 1–3

 Insert units
Insert unit selection
for Schüco façade systems

The selection matrix is based on the vent profile, opening and outer gasket of the outer frame for each
façade type.

Selection of systems for the Royal S 102 SK / Royal S 102 PAF insert unit

The complete article numbers given here are not stock

articles and can only be used with
SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD.

Structural glazing Façade Façade

Vent To be rolled Pre– Possible FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
Glass
profiles: types: together by rolled Not possible with silicone joints with horizontal cover with vertical cover
customer caps caps

Profile height 93 mm
Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation
Motorised operation Silicone
326 280 244 141
326 290
Stepped Royal S 102 PAF on all sides
Complete
double Art. No. Manual operation
glazing 326 340 Motorised operation

Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation
Motorised operation Silicone
326 650 244 141
326 290
Royal S 102 PAF on all sides
Stepped Complete Manual operation
double Art. No.
glazing Motorised operation
326 670
Profile height 87 mm
Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation
Stepped
double Motorised operation
glazing 326 280 326 330
326 290
Royal S 102 PAF
Complete 244 143 244 142 244 142 244 143
Manual operation
With glass Art. No. Silicone Silicone
retention profile Motorised operation
328 710

Royal S 102 SK
Stepped Manual operation
double Motorised operation
glazing 326 650 326 660
326 290
Royal S 102 PAF 244 143 244 142 244 142 244 143
Complete Manual operation
With glass Art. No. Silicone Silicone
Motorised operation
retention profile 328 720
Vent profiles with glazing bead

Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation
Standard Motorised operation
double 328 400
glazing Royal S 102 PAF 244 143 244 142 244 142 244 143
Manual operation Silicone Silicone
Motorised operation

Assembly mullions

Assembly transoms

1–4 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units Summary of profiles
for Schüco façade systems Date: September 2003

Royal S 102 SK / PAF insert unit Profile Circumference Insulating bars

Page Art. No. (mm)
To be rolled together by customer pol. total PA PT
I 326 280 78 273
Can be used in the following system: 2–1 O 326 290 — 83 224 093 224 092
C 326 340 77 289
I 326 650 85 294
2–2 O 326 290 — 83 224 093 224 092
C 326 670 84 310
I Profile component – inside C Complete profile
O Profile component – outside
Structural glazing
FW 50+ SG 1 The profiles to be bonded to the glass are only
supplied in E6 / dark bronze and date–marked.
with silicone joints

326 300 326 300

326 280 326 650

1 Stepped 1 Stepped
326 290 double 326 290 double
glazing glazing

The complete article numbers given here (326 340 and 326 670) are not stock
articles and can only be used with SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD.
Regarding the maximum installation height
country–specific requirements must be
observed.

The following window types can be created using vent profiles:

Royal S 102 SK Royal S 102 SK

Manual operation Manual operation
Motorised operation Motorised operation

Royal S 102 PAF Royal S 102 PAF

Manual operation Manual operation
Motorised operation Motorised operation

Inside face width of the vent profile

13 mm 20 mm

2.2004/GB Insert units 1–5

 Insert units Summary of profiles
for Schüco façade systems Date: September 2003

Royal S 102 SK / PAF insert unit Profile Circumference Insulating bars

Page Art. No. (mm)
Can be used in the following systems: pol. total PA PT
I 326 280 78 273
3–1 O 326 290 — 83 224 073 224 072
C 328 710 77 289
I 326 650 85 294
3–3 O 326 290 — 83 224 073 224 072
C 328 720 84 310
I Profile component – inside C Complete profile
Façade Façade
FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
O Profile component – outside
with horizontal cover caps with vertical cover caps
1 The profiles to be bonded to the glass are only
supplied in E6 / dark bronze and date–marked.

To be rolled together by customer

326 300

326 300 326 280 326 650

Outer
frame

1 1
326 290 326 290

Stepped Stepped
double glazing double glazing

The complete article numbers given here (328 710 and 328 720) are not stock
articles and can only be used with SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD. Regarding the maximum installation height
country–specific requirements must be
observed.
Circumf. Effective moment of
Pre–rolled Page
Profile
(mm) inertia
Art. No. Ix Iy
(when using the glass retention profile) pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
3–1 326 300 32 320 3.03 29.88
3–2 326 310 30 123 — —
326 300 3–2 326 330 77 289 4.28 35.10

326 300 326 330 326 660 3–4 326 660 84 310 — —
Outer Vent Vent
frame profile profile

205 080 Glass retention

Stepped Stepped
double glazing ST3.9x13 double glazing profile
326 310 326 310
Glass retention profile

The following window types can be created using vent profiles:

Royal S 102 SK Royal S 102 SK

Manual operation Manual operation
Motorised operation Motorised operation

Royal S 102 PAF Royal S 102 PAF

Manual operation Manual operation
Motorised operation Motorised operation Regarding the maximum installation height
country–specific requirements must be
observed.
Inside face width of the vent profile

13 mm 20 mm
1–6 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units Summary of profiles
for Schüco façade systems Date: September 2003

Royal S 102 SK / PAF insert unit with glazing bead

Circumf. Effective moment
Can be used in the following systems: Profile of inertia
Page Art. No. (mm) Ix Iy
pol. total (cm4) (cm4)
3–9 326 300 32 320 3.03 29.88
3–9 328 400 84 372 — —
3–9 328 420 35 143 — —
3–10 328 600 36 167 — —
Façade Façade
FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
with horizontal cover caps with vertical cover caps
Regarding the maximum installation height
country–specific requirements must be
observed.

Outer
frame 328 400
326 300

Standard double glazing

Glazing beads

Standard double glazing can be used

328 420
Glass thickness: 24 – 28 mm

328 600 Glass thickness: 28 – 44 mm

The following window types can be created using vent profiles:

Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation
Motorised operation

Royal S 102 PAF

Manual operation
Motorised operation

Inside face width of the vent profile

20 mm

2.2004/GB Insert units 1–7

 Insert units
Fabrication and glazing information
for Schüco façade systems
Royal S 102 SK / PAF insert unit

Structural glazing
FW 50+ SG
3 with silicone joints

Insert units for vertical

façades only
6 4 2
2 1 5 1 3
Adapter 1 2
gasket
4
Silicone joints with
wet sealing 4
6
244 144
1
Types of opening:
Alternative: 5
Silicone joints with
U–shaped dry glazing
5
2
244 146 Royal S 102 SK Royal S 102 PAF
4 Projected top Parallel opening
hung window window

3
3

1
FW 50+ SG façade
1 2 5 1 6 4 2 6
with horizontal cover caps
4
3 Adapter
gasket

7
Use only with: Pressure plate
Silicone joints with
wet sealing
5
2 5 Stainless steel cover
Glazing bead 244 144 plate 30x20x0.2 mm
1 (fabricated by customer)

Silicone joint

3
2

FW 50+ SG façade
1 with vertical cover caps
1 1 6 4
6
5 2 4
Pressure plate
Silicone joint

Stainless steel cover

plate 30x20x0.2 mm
(fabricated by customer)
1 5 Glazing bead

1–8 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units
Fabrication and glazing information
for Schüco façade systems

1 Coloration of the pane excess

When bonding the glass pane, paste the pane excess with the same silicone as the
pane edge joint, to ensure that it is the same colour.

2 Sealing
Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound, such as DC 791 or Elastosil 600 or
605 to seal the glass joint.
Observe the fabrication guidelines of the sealant supplier (e.g. DOW CORNING or
Wacker Chemie) to ensure that the sealant is compatible and bonds with the pane
edge joint.

3 Assembly mullions
Do not use assembly mullions with vertical silicone joints.

4 Outer pane of toughened safety glass

The outer pane must be made of toughened safety glass.

5 Silicone gasket
The gasket is of silicone quality.

6 Profiles in E6/dark bronze

The profiles to be bonded to the glass are only supplied in E6 / dark bronze and
date–marked.

7 Cruciform / T–joints
At all cruciform and T–joints between pressure plates and silicone joints, use
customer–fabricated stainless steel cover plates to separate EPDM gaskets and
sealing compound.

Further information:
Only double glazed units that have UV–resistant silicone edge seals may be used.
The necessary glass thickness and glass edge specification must be agreed with the glazing
supplier.
All combinations of glass, silicone adhesive and pre–filler should be agreed with the glass,
adhesive and sealant suppliers (warranty).
When using transparent glass, samples must be taken before production starts (as air bubbles
may form in the pre–filler).

Important:
The fabrication and glazing information for insert units also applies to all Royal S 102 SK and
Royal S 102 PAF insert units.
The sections shown are examples and cannot cover all possible variations.
See also the fabrication and glazing information for the FW 50+ SG façade.

2.2004/GB Insert units 1–9

 Insert units Summary of profiles
for Schüco façade systems Date: September 2003

Accessories for motor cover

Minimum basic depth required for transom

228 650
205 436

228 650
Motor suspension Spring clip Motor cover
stainless steel.
For attaching motor cover 326 740.
Art. No. 326 730 PU = 50 Art. No. 326 740
Circumf. pol. — Circumf. pol. 114
(mm) Order fixing screw (mm)
total 121 205 436 separately. total 262

1–10 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units Royal S 102 SK for structural glazing
for Schüco façade systems FW 50+ SG
Can be integrated into the following system:

Structural glazing
Structural glazing
FW 50+ SG
326 280 with silicone joints
224 896

326 300
The following window types can be
created using vent profiles:

106 116 Royal S 102 SK

Manual operation
Motorised operation

Royal S 102 PAF

Adapter gasket for
Manual operation
adjusting the span
thickness to the Motorised operation
façade glazing.
Installation height

244 147

224 104
Installation
height

326 290 6

244 141
244 148
1
Regarding the maximum installation height
country–specific requirements must be
observed.
Glazing clip

237 840

For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”. 244 141
Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories
PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

CC (Cr) crimped
CC (N) nailed
226 538 1 Glazing rebate gasket 224 104 100 m
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100
Drilling jig 280 531 1 Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m
Complete 326 340 CC (Cr) crimped
226 537 1 Gasket on all sides 244 141 40 m
CC (N) nailed
Vent profile I–profile 326 280 6.0 m Nail 218 157 100 Centre gasket 244 147 40 m
O–profile 326 290 Drilling jig 280 530 1 Available to special order as
EV1 106 116 vulcanised gasket frames.
Locking bar Gasket corners 244 150 20
Black 106 117
Article No. 326 340 specified here is not a stock Rebate gasket 244 148 40 m
article and can only be used with
SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD. Gasket corners 244 152 20

For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for:

Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints Glazing clip long 237 840 10
2 100 corner joints
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
2.2004/GB Insert units 2–1
 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF for FW 50+ SG
for Schüco façade systems structural glazing
Can be integrated into the following system:

Structural glazing
326 650 FW 50+ SG
224 896 with silicone joints

326 300
The following window types can be
created using vent profiles:
106 116 Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation
Motorised operation
Adapter gasket for Royal S 102 PAF
adjusting the span Manual operation
thickness to the
façade glazing. Motorised operation

Installation height

244 147

224 104
Installation
height
6
326 290
244 141
244 148
1
Regarding the maximum installation height
country–specific requirements must be observed.
Glazing clip

237 840
For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.
244 141
Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories
PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

CC (Cr) crimped Glazing rebate gasket 224 104 100 m

226 538 1
CC (N) nailed
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100
Drilling jig 280 531 1 Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m
Complete 326 670 CC (Cr) crimped
226 270 1 Gasket on all sides 244 141 40 m
CC (N) nailed
Vent profile I–profile 326 650 6.0 m Nail 218 157 100 Centre gasket 244 147 40 m
O–profile 326 290 Drilling jig 280 530 1 Available to special order as
vulcanised gasket frames.
Locking bar
EV1 106 116
Black 106 117 Gasket corners 244 150 20

Article No. 326 670 specified here is not a stock Rebate gasket 244 148 40 m
article and can only be used with
SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD.
Gasket corners 244 152 20

For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for:

Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints Glazing clip long 237 840 10
2 100 corner joints
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
2–2 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units
Module width / module height
for Schüco façade systems
Royal S 102 SK / PAF insert unit
Structural glazing
FW 50+ SG
Without any additional mechanical support with silicone joints
Regarding the maximum installation height country–specific requirements must be observed.

RB
PFZ
PFZ – 2

PFZ –76
PFZ – 36+1
PFZ +0
PFZ +30

Insert unit
Royal S 102

Key:
RB = Module width FW 50+ SG system
RH = Module height Silicone joints with
PFZ = Distance between mullions wet sealing
RIZ = Distance between transoms
Alternative:
U–shaped dry glazing
RIZ – 36+1

Module
RIZ – 2
RIZ +30

height
RIZ –76
RIZ +0

RIZ

Window
Royal S 102

U–shaped
joint seal

FW 50+ SG system
Silicone joints with U–shaped
dry glazing

2.2004/GB Insert units 2–3

 Insert units
Glazing options
for Schüco façade systems
Royal S 102 SK / PAF insert unit

ÁÁ ÁÁ
32 – 40 mm glass thickness

ÁÁ ÁÁ SG fixed glazing Structural glazing

FW 50+ SG
with silicone joints

244 141

SG fixed Royal S 102 244 148

glazing 244 141 insert unit 244 147

Silicone joints with

ÁÁ ÁÁ
wet sealing 224 896
244 144

ÁÁ ÁÁ
SBP

Alternative:
Silicone joints with 32 – 40 mm glass thickness
U–shaped dry Royal S 102
glazing insert unit

When choosing the glass 205 080

thickness, ensure that the
areas of fixed glazing are Key:
flush–fitted with the SBP = Space between panes
windows.

237 840 Royal S 102

244 141 insert unit
Glass thickness [mm] Gasket

ÁÁ ÁÁ
Composition of
glazing unit

ÁÁÁÁ
[mm]
SBP on all sides
32 6
6 224 104 (6)
34 8 20
36 8 224 063 (4)
38 10
SG fixed glazing 40 10 224 259 (3)
Glass thickness/infill [mm]

Figures in brackets denote

article height in (mm)
Composition Silicone joints Silicone joints with Join
of glazing with wet U–shaped dry glazing
unit sealing
Royal S 102

Gasket for Gasket for

ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
[mm]
25 – 32 mm can be used insert unit

Mullions Transoms Mullions Transoms

ÁÁ 6 32 244 949 (13) 244 946 (7) 204 691(13) 204 649 (7) —
ÁÁ
6
8 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5) 204 507(11) 224 662 (5)
34 228 391 224 934(2)
(17)

8 6 244 949 (13) 244 946 (7) 204 691(13) 204 649 (7) 8
Glass thickness

6 10 244 947 (9) 244 944 (3) 204 534 (9) 204 533 (3)
224 807

36 244 144 244 146 228 389 237 525 224 938(4)
8 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5) 204 507(11) 224 662 (5)
8
10 Including 244 947 (9) 244 944 (3) 204 534 (9) 204 533 (5)
38 228 392
10 8 screws 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5) 204 507(11) 224 662 (3) 224 935(6) 10
10 10 40 244 947 (9) 244 944 (3) 204 507(11) 224 662 (5)
For more information, see the Glazing Options FW 50+ section in Order Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”.

2–4 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units
Royal S 102 SK
for Schüco façade systems
Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with horizontal cover caps

The following window types can be

Façade with horizontal

created using vent profiles:

326 300 Royal S 102 SK

326 280 Manual operation

cover caps
224 896 Motorised operation

106 116 Royal S 102 PAF

Manual operation
Motorised operation

Adapter gasket for Installation height

adjusting the span
thickness to the
façade glazing.

244 147

Installation
height
224 104

6
326 290
244 148
1 Regarding the maximum installation height
country–specific requirements must be
observed.
Glazing clip
244 143

237 841
244 142

298 296
For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

CC (Cr)crimped 226 538 1 Glazing rebate gasket

CC (N) nailed 224 104 100 m
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100
Drilling jig 280 531 1
CC (Cr) crimped Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m
Complete 328 710 226 537 1
CC (N) nailed
Vent profile I–profile 326 280 6.0 m Nail 218 157 100 Gasket for transoms 244 142
40 m
O–profile 326 290 Drilling jig 280 530 1 for mullions 244 143

Locking bar
EV1 106 116 Centre gasket 244 147 40 m
Black 106 117 Available to special order as
vulcanised gasket frames.
Article No. 328 710 specified here is not a stock
article and can only be used with Gasket corners 244 150 20
SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD. Rebate gasket 244 148 40 m
For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for: Gasket corners 244 152 20
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
2 100 corner joints Glazing clip short 237 841 10
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
2.2004/GB Insert units 3–1
 Insert units Royal S 102 SK
for Schüco façade systems with glass retention profile
Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with horizontal cover caps

326 300 The following window types can be

326 280 created using vent profiles:

224 896 Royal S 102 SK

Manual operation
106 116 Motorised operation

Royal S 102 PAF

Manual operation
Adapter gasket for Motorised operation
adjusting the span
thickness to the Installation height
façade glazing.

244 147
205 080

224 104 Installation

height

326 290

244 143 224 683 Regarding the maximum installation height

244 943 Alternative country–specific requirements must be
observed.

326 310

244 142

298 296
For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. PU Description Art. No.

CC (Cr)crimped 226 538 1 Glazing rebate gasket 224 104 100 m

CC (N) nailed
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100 Rebate gasket 224 683 200 m
Drilling jig 280 531 1
Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m
Complete 328 710 CC (Cr) crimped 226 537 1
CC (N) nailed for transoms 244 142
Vent profile I–profile 326 280 6.0 m
Nail 218 157 100
Gasket
for mullions 244 143
40 m

O–profile 326 290 Drilling jig 280 530 1 Centre gasket 244 147 40 m
Available to special order as
Glass retention profile 326 310 vulcanised gasket frames.
Gasket corners 244 150 20
Locking bar
EV1 106 116
Black 106 117 Gasket 244 943 100 m

For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for: Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints
2 100 corner joints Screw ST3.9x13 205 080 100
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
3–2 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units
Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems
Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with horizontal cover caps

326 300
326 650 The following window types can be
224 896 created using vent profiles:
106 116 Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation
Motorised operation

Adapter gasket for Royal S 102 PAF

adjusting the span Manual operation
thickness to the Motorised operation
façade glazing.
Installation height

244 147

224 104
Installatiion
height

6
326 290
244 148
1

Regarding the maximum installation height

244 143 country–specific requirements must be
observed.
Glazing clip

237 841
244 142

298 296
For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

CC (Cr) crimped
226 538 1 Glazing rebate gasket 224 104 100 m
CC (N) nailed
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100
Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m
Drilling jig 280 531 1
Complete 328 720 CC (Cr) crimped
226 270 1 for transoms 244 142
6.0 m CC (N) nailed Gasket 40 m
Vent profile I–profile 326 650 Nail 218 157 100
for mullions 244 143
O–profile 326 290 Drilling jig 280 530 1 Centre gasket 244 147 40 m
Available to special order as
Locking bar
EV1 106 116 vulcanised gasket frames.
Black 106 117 Gasket corners 244 150 20
Article No. 328 720 specified here is not a stock
article and can only be used with Rebate gasket 244 148 40 m
SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD. Gasket corners 244 152 20
For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for: Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints
2 100 corner joints Glazing clip short 237 841 10
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
2.2004/GB Insert units 3–3
 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glass retention profile
Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with horizontal cover caps

The following window types can be

326 300 created using vent profiles:
326 650
Royal S 102 SK
224 896 Manual operation
106 116 Motorised operation

Royal S 102 PAF

Manual operation

Adapter gasket for Motorised operation

adjusting the span Installation height
thickness to the
façade glazing.

244 147
205 080

224 104 Installation

height

326 290

Regarding the maximum installation height

country–specific requirements must be
244 143 224 683 observed.
244 943 Alternative

326 310

244 142

298 296
For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. PU Description Art. No.

CC (Cr) crimped Glazing rebate gasket 224 104 100 m

226 538 1
CC (N) nailed
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100 Rebate gasket 224 683 200 m
Drilling jig 280 531 1
Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m
Complete 328 720 CC (Cr) crimped for transoms 244 142
6.0 m 226 270 1 Gasket 40 m
Vent profile CC (N) nailed for mullions 244 143
I–profile 326 650 Nail 218 157 100
O–profile 326 290 Drilling jig 280 530 1 Centre gasket 244 147 40 m
Available to special order as
Glass retention profile 326 310 vulcanised gasket frames.
Gasket corners 244 150 20
Locking bar
EV1 106 116
Black 106 117 Gasket 244 943 100 m

For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for: Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints
2 100 corner joints Screw ST3.9x13 205 080 100
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
3–4 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units
Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems
Module width / module height
Façade
Without any additional mechanical support FW 50+ SG
Regarding the maximum installation height country–specific requirements must be observed. with horizontal cover caps

RB
PFZ

PFZ –76
PFZ – 36+1
PFZ
PFZ +30
RIZ – 36+1
RIZ +30
RIZ –22

RIZ –76

Module
height
RIZ

Key:
RB = Module width
RH = Module height
PFZ = Distance between mullions
RIZ = Distance between transoms

2.2004/GB Insert units 3–5

 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glass retention profile
Module width / module height
Façade
With additional glass retention profile FW 50+ SG
Regarding the maximum installation height country–specific requirements must be observed. with horizontal cover caps

RB
PFZ

PFZ –76
326 310

Alternative
PFZ – 36+1
PFZ +30

326 310
Alternative
RIZ – 36+1
RIZ +30

RIZ –76

Module
height
RIZ

Key:
RB = Module width
RH = Module height
PFZ = Distance between mullions
RIZ = Distance between transoms

3–6 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units
Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems
Glazing options

Á ÁÁ
Façade
32 – 40 mm glass thickness FW 50+ SG

Á ÁÁ
with horizontal cover
caps

SG fixed glazing
224 606

298 296
244 142
244 148
244 147
244 144 244 143
SG fixed Royal S 102
glazing insert unit

Á ÁÁ
224 896

Á ÁÁ
SBP
Key:
SBP = Space between panes
25 –32 mm glass thickness
Royal S 102
insert unit Royal S 102
insert unit
Glass thickness [mm] Gasket
205 080 Composition of

ÁÁ ÁÁ
glazing unit
[mm]

ÁÁÁÁ
SBP on all sides
25 5 224 205(10)
237 841 26 12 6 224 269 (9)
27 8 7 224 105 (8)
28 6 224 268 (7)
29 7 224 104 (6)
30 14 8 224 267 (5)
31 9 224 063 (4)
32 10 224 259 (3)
27 5 224 205(10)
28 12 6 224 269 (9)
29 10 7 224 105 (8)
30 6 224 268 (7)

Á ÁÁ
31 14 7 224 104 (6)
SG fixed glazing 32 8 224 267 (5)

ÁÁÁ Figures in brackets denote

article height in (mm)
Join
Glass thickness /

Royal S 102

Gasket for Gasket for

insert unit

Isolator for

ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁ
Composition of Mullions Transoms Mullions Transoms Mullions Transoms
infill [mm]

glazing unit

ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁ
[mm]

6 32 244 949 (13) 244 946 (7) 204 691(13) 204 649 (7) 224 935 (6)
6
thickness can be used

8 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5) 204 507(11) 224 662 (5) 8
Glass of 25 – 32 mm

34 228 391 224 936

8 6 244 949 (13) 244 946 (7) 204 691(13) 204 649 (7) (8)
6 10 224 807 224 810 244 947 (9) 244 944 (3) 204 534 (9) 204 533 (3)
36 (17) (31)
8 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5) 204 507(11) 224 662 (5)
8
10 244 947 (9) 244 944 (3) 204 507(11) 224 662 (5) 224 937
38 (10)
10 8 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5) 204 691(13) 204 649 (7) 10
228 392
10 10 40 244 947 (9) 244 944 (3) 204 691(13) 204 649 (7)

For more information, see the Glazing Options FW 50+ section in Order Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”.

2.2004/GB Insert units 3–7

 Insert units
for Schüco façade systems

3–8 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glazing bead
Standard double glazing thickness 24 – 28 mm Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with horizontal cover caps

The following window types can be

created using vent profiles:
326 300 328 400 Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation
Motorised operation
224 896 Royal S 102 PAF
Manual operation
Motorised operation

Adapter gasket Installation height

for adjusting the
span thickness
to the façade
glazing.

244 147
Installation
height
224 104

Standard
double
glazing Regarding the maximum installation height
country–specific requirements must be
observed.
244 143
224 310 224 539

205 436
328 420
244 142

298 296
For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. PU Description Art. No.

CC (Cr) crimped Glazing rebate gasket 224 104 100 m

226 538 1
CC (N) nailed
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100 Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m

Drilling jig 280 531 1 Rebate gasket 224 310 200 m

CC (Cr) crimped Glazing gaskets 3 – 4 mm 224 539 100 m
6.0 m 238 151 1
CC (N) nailed
for transoms 244 142
Vent profile 328 400 Nail 218 157 100 Gasket
for mullions 244 143
40 m

Drilling jig 280 530 1 Centre gasket 244 147 40 m

280 991 Available to special order as
vulcanised gasket frames.
Glazing bead 328 420 Gasket corners 244 150 20
Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for:
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints Oval head screw
ST 3.9x9.5 205 436 100
2 100 corner joints DIN 7981-A4
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
2.2004/GB Insert units 3–9
 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glazing bead
Standard double glazing thickness 28 – 42 mm Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with horizontal cover caps

326 300 328 400

The following window types can be
created using vent profiles:

Royal S 102 SK
Adapter gasket 224 896 Manual operation
for adjusting the
Motorised operation
span thickness
to the façade Royal S 102 PAF
glazing. Manual operation
Motorised operation

Installation height

244 147

224 063
Installation
height

Standard
double
glazing
Regarding the maximum installation height
244 143
country–specific requirements must be
224 310 observed.

205 436 224 539

244 142
328 600

298 296
For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

CC (Cr) crimped Glazing rebate gasket 224 063 200 m

226 538 1
CC (N) nailed
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100
Drilling jig 280 531 1 Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m

CC (Cr) crimped Rebate gasket 224 310 200 m

238 151 1
CC (N) nailed
Vent profile 328 400 6.0 m Nail 218 157 100 Glazing gaskets 3 – 4 mm 224 539 100 m

Drilling jig 280 530 1 for transoms 244 142

280 991 Gasket 40 m
for mullions 244 143
Centre gasket 244 147 40 m
Glazing bead 328 600 Available to special order as
vulcanised gasket frames.
Gasket corners 244 150 20
Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for:
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints Oval head screw
ST 3.9x9.5 205 436 100
2 100 corner joints DIN 7981-A4
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
3–10 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glazing bead
Module width / module height
Façade
FW 50+ SG
with horizontal cover caps

RB
PFZ

PFZ –76
PFZ –13+1
PFZ +30
Module height
RIZ –13+1
RIZ +30

RIZ –76

RIZ

Key:
RB = Module width
RH = Module height
PFZ = Distance between mullions
RIZ = Distance between transoms

2.2004/GB Insert units 3–11

 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glazing bead
Glazing options
Façade
Glass thickness 28 – 42 mm Glass thickness 24 – 28 mm FW 50+ SG

ÁÁ Á
with horizontal
32 – 40 mm SG glass thickness 32 – 40 mm SG glass thickness cover caps

SG fixed glazing
Á
SG fixed glazing

244 142
205 436 244 142
244 147 205 436
244 147 Glazing for
224 896 Royal S 102

224 896
insert unit
328 600
328 420
Gasket
Glass
thickness Glazing
28 – 42 mm glass thickness [mm] bead
24 – 28 mm glass thickness on all sides
Royal S 102
insert unit 24 224 205 (10)
25
224 269 (9)
26
224 105 (8)
27
224 268 (7) 328 420
SG fixed Royal S 102 28
glazing insert unit 224 104 (6)
29
224 267 (5)
30
224 063 (4)
31
32 224 259 (3)
33
34 224 205 (10)
35
224 269 (9)
36
224 105 (8)
244 143 37
224 310 224 539 224 268 (7)
38 328 600
224 104 (6)
39
224 267 (5)
40
224 063 (4)
41
SG fixed glazing 224 259 (3)
42

Figures in brackets denote

article height in (mm)
Join
Glass thickness /

Isolator for Gasket for Gasket for

Glazing for
Composition of Mullions Transoms Mullions Transoms Mullions Transoms
infill [mm]

glazing unit
Royal S 102
[mm] insert unit

6 32 224 935
(6)
6 244 949 (13) 244 946 (7)
224 936
8
(8)
34
224 935
8 6 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5)
(6)
228 391
224 937
6 10 244 949 (13) 244 946 (7)
(10)
224 936 Glass of 24 – 42 mm
8 8 36 224 807 224 810 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5) 204 691 204 649 thickness can be used
(8)
(17) (31) (13) (7) 224 935
10 6 244 947 (9) 244 944 (3)
(6)
224 937
8 10 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5)
(10)
38
224 936
8 228 392
(8)
10 244 947 (9) 244 944 (3)
224 937
10 40
(10)
For more information, see the Glazing Options FW 50+ section in Order Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”.

3–12 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units
Royal S 102 SK
for Schüco façade systems
Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with vertical cover caps

The following window types can be

created using vent profiles:

326 300 Royal S 102 SK

326 280 Manual operation
224 896 Motorised operation

106 116 Royal S 102 PAF

Manual operation
Motorised operation

Façade with vertical

Adapter gasket for Installation height
adjusting the span
thickness to the

cover caps
façade glazing.

244 147

Installation
height
224 104

6
326 290
244 142 244 148
1 Regarding the maximum installation height
country–specific requirements must be observed.

Glazing clip

237 840

244 143

For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

CC (Cr)crimped 226 538 1 Glazing rebate gasket 224 104 100 m

CC (N) nailed
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100
Drilling jig 280 531 1 Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m
Complete 328 710 CC (Cr) crimped 226 537 for mullions 244 142
1 Gasket 40 m
CC (N) nailed
Vent profile I–profile 326 280 6.0 m Nail 218 157 100 for transoms 244 143
O–profile 326 290 Drilling jig 280 530 1 Centre gasket 244 147 40 m
Available to special order as
Locking bar
EV1 106 116 vulcanised gasket frames.
Black 106 117
Article No. 328 710 specified here is not a stock Gasket corners 244 150 20
article and can only be used with Rebate gasket 244 148 40 m
SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD. Gasket corners 244 152 20
For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for: Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints
2 100 corner joints Glazing clip long 237 840 10
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
2.2004/GB Insert units 4–1
 Insert units Royal S 102 SK
for Schüco façade systems with glass retention profile
Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with vertical cover caps

The following window types can be

created using vent profiles:
326 300
326 280 Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation
224 896
Motorised operation
106 116
Royal S 102 PAF
Manual operation
Motorised operation
Adapter gasket for Installation height
adjusting the span
thickness to the
façade glazing.

244 147
Installation
height
205 080

224 104

326 290
244 142
Regarding the maximum installation height
country–specific requirements must be observed.

224 683

244 943 Alternative

326 310

244 143

For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

CC (Cr)crimped
CC (N) nailed 226 538 1 Glazing rebate gasket 224 104 100 m
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100
Drilling jig 280 531 1 Rebate gasket 224 683 200 m

Complete 328 710 CC (Cr) crimped

CC (N) nailed
226 537 1 Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m
Vent profile I–profile 326 280 Nail 218 157 100
Gasket 244 142 40 m
O–profile 326 290 6.0 m
Drilling jig 280 530 1
Centre gasket 244 147 40 m
Glass retention 326 310
Available to special order as
vulcanised gasket frames.
profile Gasket corners 244 150 20

Locking bar
EV1 106 116 Gasket
for mullions 244 142
100 m
Black 106 117 for transoms 244 143
For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for: Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints
2 100 corner joints Screw ST3.9x13 205 080 100
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
4–2 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units
Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems
Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with vertical cover caps

The following window types can be

created using vent profiles:
326 300 Royal S 102 SK
326 650 Manual operation
224 896 Motorised operation
106 116
Royal S 102 PAF
Manual operation
Motorised operation
Adapter gasket for Installation height
adjusting the span
thickness to the
façade glazing.

244 147

Installation
height
224 104

6
244 142 326 290
244 148 Regarding the maximum installation height
1 country–specific requirements must be observed.

Glazing clip

237 840
244 143

For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

CC (Cr) crimped
226 538 1 Glazing rebate gasket 224 104 100 m
CC (N) nailed
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100
Drilling jig 280 531 1 Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m
Complete 328 720 CC (Cr) crimped
226 270 1 Gasket for mullions 244 142
40 m
CC (N) nailed for transoms 244 143
Vent profile I–profile 326 650 6.0 m Nail 218 157 100
Centre gasket 244 147 40 m
O–profile 326 290 Drilling jig 280 530 1 Available to special order as
Locking bar
EV1 106 116 vulcanised gasket frames.
Black 106 117 Gasket corners 244 150 20
Article No. 328 720 specified here is not a stock
article and can only be used with Rebate gasket 244 148 40 m
SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD. Gasket corners 244 152 20
For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for: Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints
2 100 corner joints Glazing clip long 237 840 10
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
2.2004/GB Insert units 4–3
 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glass retention profile
Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with vertical cover caps

The following window types can be

created using vent profiles:
326 300
326 650 Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation
224 896
Motorised operation
106 116
Royal S 102 PAF
Manual operation
Motorised operation
Adapter gasket for Installation height
adjusting the span
thickness to the
façade glazing.

244 147

Installation
height
205 080

224 104

244 142
326 290

Regarding the maximum installation height

country–specific requirements must be observed.
224 683

244 943 Alternative

326 310

244 143

For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

CC (Cr) crimped
CC (N) nailed
226 538 1 Glazing rebate gasket 224 104 100 m
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100 Rebate gasket 224 683 200 m
Drilling jig 280 531 1 Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m
Complete 328 720 CC (Cr) crimped
226 270 1 for mullions 244 142
CC (N) nailed Gasket 40 m
Vent profile I–profile 326 650 6.0 m Nail 218 157 100 for transoms 244 143
O–profile 326 290 Drilling jig 280 530 1 Centre gasket 244 147 40 m
Available to special order as
Glass retention profile 326 310 vulcanised gasket frames.
Gasket corners 244 150 20
Locking bar
EV1 106 116
Black 106 117 Gasket 244 943 100 m

For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for: Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints
2 100 corner joints Screw ST3.9x13 205 080 100
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
4–4 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units
Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems
Module width / module height
Façade
Without any additional mechanical support FW 50+ SG
Regarding the maximum installation height country–specific requirements must be observed. with vertical cover caps

RB
PFZ

PFZ –76
PFZ – 36+1
PFZ –22
PFZ +30
RIZ – 36+1
RIZ +30

RIZ –76

Module
RIZ +0

height
RIZ

Key:
RB = Module width
RH = Module height
PFZ = Distance between mullions
RIZ = Distance between transoms

2.2004/GB Insert units 4–5

 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glass retention profile
Module width / module height
Façade
With additional glass retention profile FW 50+ SG
Regarding the maximum installation height country–specific requirements must be observed. with vertical cover caps

RB
PFZ

PFZ –76
326 310
PFZ – 36+1
Alternative
PFZ +30

326 310
Alternative
RIZ – 36+1
RIZ +30

RIZ –76

Module
height
RIZ

Key:
RB = Module width
RH = Module height
PFZ = Distance between mullions
RIZ = Distance between transoms

4–6 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units
Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems
Glazing options

ÁÁ ÁÁ
Façade
FW 50+ SG
32 – 40 mm glass thickness

ÁÁ ÁÁ
with vertical
cover caps
SG fixed glazing

SG fixed Royal S 102

glazing insert unit

244 144
244 143
244 148
244 147

224 606
244 142

ÁÁ Á
298 296 224 896

ÁÁ Á
SBP

Key:
25 – 32 mm glass thickness SBP = Space between panes
Royal S 102
insert unit
Royal S 102
insert unit
205 080 Glass thickness [mm] Gasket

ÁÁ ÁÁ
Composition of
glazing unit
[mm]

ÁÁÁÁ
SBP on all sides
25 5 224 205(10)
237 840 26 12 6 224 269 (9)
27 8 7 224 105 (8)
28 6 224 268 (7)
29 7 224 104 (6)
30 14 8 224 267 (5)
31 9 224 063 (4)
32 10 224 259 (3)
27 5 224 205(10)
28 12 6 224 269 (9)
29 10 7 224 105 (8)
30 6 224 268 (7)

Á
ÁÁÁ
31 14 7 224 104 (6)
SG fixed glazing 32 8 224 267 (5)

ÁÁ Figures in brackets denote

article height in (mm)
Join
Glass thickness /

Royal S 102

Isolator for Gasket for Gasket for

insert unit

ÁÁÁÁ Á
Composition of Mullions Transoms Mullions Transoms Mullions Transoms
infill [mm]

glazing unit

ÁÁÁÁ Á
[mm]

6 32
6 244 949 (13) 244 946 (7) 204 691(13) 204 649 (7)
8
thickness can be used

34 228 391 8
Glass of 25 – 32 mm

8 6 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5) 204 507(11) 224 662 (5)
6 10 224 810 224 807 244 949 (13) 244 946 (7) 204 691(13) 204 649 (7)
36
8 (31) (17)
8 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5) 204 507(11) 224 662 (5) 224 937
10 (10)
38
10 8
228 392 244 947 (9) 244 944 (3) 204 534 (9) 204 533 (3) 10
10 10 40

For more information, see the Glazing Options FW 50+ section in Order Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”.

2.2004/GB Insert units 4–7

 Insert units
for Schüco façade systems

4–8 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glazing bead
Standard double glazing thickness 24 – 28 mm Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with vertical cover caps

The following window types can be

created using vent profiles:
326 300 328 400 Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation
Motorised operation
224 896 Royal S 102 PAF
Manual operation
Motorised operation

Adapter gasket Installation height

for adjusting the
span thickness
to the façade
glazing.

244 147
Installation
height
224 104

Standard
244 142 double Regarding the maximum installation height
country–specific requirements must be observed.
glazing

224 310 224 539

205 436
328 420
244 143

For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

CC (Cr) crimped Glazing rebate gasket 224 104 100 m

226 538 1
CC (N) nailed
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100
Drilling jig 280 531 1 Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m

CC (Cr) crimped Rebate gasket 224 310 200 m

238 151 1
CC (N) nailed
Vent profile 328 400 6.0 m Nail 218 157 100 Glazing gaskets 3 – 4 mm 224 539 100 m

Drilling jig 280 530 1 Centre gasket 244 147 40 m

280 991 Available to special order as
vulcanised gasket frames.
Gasket corners 244 150 20
Glazing bead 328 420 for transoms 244 142
Gasket for mullions 244 143 40 m
Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for:
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints Oval head screw
ST 3.9x9.5 205 436 100
2 100 corner joints DIN 7981-A4
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
2.2004/GB Insert units 4–9
 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glazing bead
Standard double glazing thickness 28 – 42 mm Can be integrated into the following system:

Façade
FW 50+ SG
with vertical cover caps

326 300 328 400

The following window types can be
created using vent profiles:

224 896 Royal S 102 SK

Adapter gasket Manual operation
for adjusting the
span thickness Motorised operation
to the façade
glazing. Royal S 102 PAF
Manual operation
Motorised operation

Installation height

244 147

224 063
Installtion
height

Standard
244 142 double
glazing
Regarding the maximum installation height
224 310 country–specific requirements must be observed.

205 436 224 539

328 600
244 143

For further details, see “Fabrication and glazing information”.

Profiles T–cleats Gaskets and accessories

PU
Stock PU
Description Art. No. length Description Art. No. Description Art. No.

CC (Cr) crimped Glazing rebate gasket 224 063 200 m

226 538 1
CC (N) nailed
Outer frame 326 300 Nail 218 157 100
Drilling jig 280 531 1 Rebate gasket 224 896 200 m

CC (Cr) crimped Rebate gasket 224 310 200 m

238 151 1
CC (N) nailed
Vent profile 328 400 6.0 m Nail 218 157 100 Glazing gaskets 3 – 4 mm 224 539 100 m

Drilling jig 280 530 1 Centre gasket 244 147 40 m

280 991 Available to special order as
vulcanised gasket frames.
Gasket corners 244 150 20
Glazing bead 328 600 for transoms 244 142
Gasket 40 m
for mullions 244 143
Butyl tape 35x0.8 mm 298 296 40 m
For more information, see Order 1 PU contains all cleats for:
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. 1 4 corner joints Oval head screw
ST 3.9x9.5 205 436 100
2 100 corner joints DIN 7981-A4
For more information, see Profiles Profiles and T–cleats Glazing options, gaskets and accessories
subchapter:
4–10 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glazing bead
Module width / module height
Façade
FW 50+ SG
with vertical cover caps

RB
PFZ

PFZ –76
PFZ –13+1
PFZ +30
Module height
RIZ –13+1
RIZ +30

RIZ –76

RIZ

Key:
RB = Module width
RH = Module height
PFZ = Distance between mullions
RIZ = Distance between transoms

2.2004/GB Insert units 4–11

 Insert units Royal S 102 SK / PAF
for Schüco façade systems with glazing bead
Glazing options
Façade
Glass thickness 28 – 42 mm Glass thickness 24 – 28 mm FW 50+ SG

ÁÁ Á
with vertical
32 – 40 mm SG glass thickness 32 – 40 mm SG glass thickness cover caps

SG fixed glazing
Á
SG fixed glazing

244 143
205 436 244 143
244 147 205 436
244 147 Glazing for
224 896 Royal S 102

224 896
insert unit
328 600
328 420
Gasket
Glass
thickness Glazing
28 – 42 mm glass thickness [mm] bead
24 – 28 mm glass thickness on all sides
Royal S 102
insert unit 24 224 205 (10)
25
224 269 (9)
26
224 105 (8)
27
224 268 (7) 328 420
SG fixed Royal S 102 28
glazing insert unit 224 104 (6)
29
224 267 (5)
30
224 063 (4)
31
32 224 259 (3)
33
34 224 205 (10)
35
224 269 (9)
36
224 105 (8)
37
224 310 224 539 224 268 (7)
38 328 600
244 142 224 104 (6)
39
224 267 (5)
40
224 063 (4)
41

ÁÁ Á
SG fixed glazing 224 259 (3)
42

ÁÁÁ Figures in brackets

denote article height in
(mm) Join
Glass thickness /

Isolator for Gasket for Gasket for

Glazing for

ÁÁÁÁ
Composition of Mullions Transoms Mullions Transoms Mullions Transoms
infill [mm]

glazing unit
Royal S 102
insert unit

ÁÁÁÁ
[mm]

224 935
6 32
(6)
6 244 949 (13) 244 946 (7)
224 936
8
(8)
34
224 935
8 6 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5)
(6)
228 391
224 937
6 10 244 949 (13) 244 946 (7)
(10)
224 936 Glass of 24 – 42 mm
8 8 36 224 807 224 810 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5) 204 691 204 649 thickness can be used
(8)
(17) (31) (13) (7) 224 935
10 6 244 947 (9) 244 944 (3)
(6)
224 937
8 10 244 948 (11) 244 945 (5)
(10)
38
224 936
8 228 392
(8)
10 244 947 (9) 244 944 (3)
224 937
10 40
(10)
For more information, see the Glazing Options FW 50+ section in Order Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”.

4–12 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units
Gaskets
for Schüco façade systems
Illustration Description Example

224 896
Rebate gasket
black EPDM.
Use: Inside area
PU = 200 m
224 896
We recommend gasket roller Art. No.
293 565 for rolling in the rebate gasket.

Glazing rebate gasket

black EPDM.
Use: Inside area
244 147
Not compatible with acrylic glass
X Colour PU
[mm] code Art. No. [m]
3 — 224 259 Glazing rebate
200 gasket
4 — 224 063
5 blue 224 267
6 — 224 104
7 — 224 268
244 148
8 — 224 105 100
9 red 224 269
10 — 224 205
244 148
Rebate gasket

Gaskets and
accessories
black EPDM.
Use: Outside area
PU = 40 m

244 152
Gasket corners
black EPDM.
Use: Outside area
PU = 20

244 147
Centre gasket
black EPDM.
Use: Centre, inside area
PU = 40 m
244 147

Distance between transoms

244 150
Gasket corners
black EPDM.
Use: Centre, inside area
RIZ

PU = 20

244 147
RIZ

PFZ Distance between mullions

PFZ

244 151 244 147 244 147

Gasket frame
black EPDM, corner vulcanised.
When ordering, state the following:
Art. No., number of gasket frames required and size measured
in mm between the mullions (PFz) and transoms (RIz).

For further information, see “System–based fabrication and glazing information for the standard FW 50+ system with /
without cover caps”.

2.2004/GB Insert units 5–1

 Insert units Gaskets
for Schüco façade systems Centre gasket

Order form for corner vulcanised gasket frames (for copying)

To: Schüco International KG Tel.: +49 5 21 / 78 3 – 0 Schüco website:
Karolinenstrasse 1–15, http: //www.schueco.de
D–33609 Bielefeld Fax: +49 5 21 / 78 3 – 451 http: //www.schueco.com

From: Fabricator(s):

Industry:

Address:

Post code/City:

Tel.: Fax:

Contact person:

Commission / project:

Gasket frame: 2
Art. No.

Distance between mullions = PFz

RIZ

Distance between transoms = RIZ

PFZ
Standard design:

Silicone–treated Not silicone–treated

Gasket PFZ RIZ Gasket PFZ RIZ

Item No. frame Item No. frame
Width Height Width Height
max. 6 digits * max. 6 digits *
[Quantity] [mm] [mm] [Quantity] [mm] [mm]

Schüco International KG’s technical conditions and general conditions * Do not list the same item twice.
of sale and delivery apply.

Date: Signature:

5–2 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units
Gaskets
for Schüco façade systems
Adapter gasket

! Adapter gasket
for adjusting the insert unit to the glass
thickness of the fixed glazing

Module size Module size

Adapter gasket
Art. No. 224 933 224 934 244 071 224 938 244 072 224 935 244 557 224 936 224 937 244 555
Colour code: white red green yellow blue black brown white green black

Adapter gasket:

EPDM, black, PU = 100 m

2.2004/GB Insert units 5–3

 Insert units
Gaskets
for Schüco façade systems
Illustration Description Example

244 141
Gasket
silicone, black.
Use: Outside area
PU = 40 m

On all sides

Can be used in the following system:

FW 50+ SG
with silicone joints

244 142
Gasket
silicone, black.
Use: Outside area
PU = 40 m

Can be used in the following systems:

FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
with horizontal with vertical cover caps
cover caps

Area of use: Transom Area of use: Mullion

244 143
Gasket
silicone, black.
Use: Outside area
PU = 40 m

Can be used in the following systems:

FW 50+ FW 50+
with vertical with horizontal silicone
silicone joint joint

Area of use: Mullion Area of use: Transom

5–4 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units
Gaskets and accessories
for Schüco façade systems
Illustration Description Example

237 840
Glazing clip (long)
aluminium, including silicone
tape to support the outer pane.
Use: Outside area,
transom
PU = 10

Can be used in the following systems:

FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
with silicone joints with vertical cover caps 237 840

237 841
Glazing clip (short)
aluminium, including silicone
tape to support the outer pane.
Use: Outside area
PU = 10

Can be used in the following system:

237 841
FW 50+ SG
with horizontal
cover caps

Gasket and accessories for glass retention profile 326 310

Illustration Description Example

244 943
Gasket
silicone, black.
Use: Outside area
PU = 100 m

224 683
Gasket
black EPDM.
244 943
Use: Outside area
PU = 200 m 224 683

Gasket roller We recommend gasket roller Art. No.

293 565 293 565 for rolling in the gasket.

Can be used in the following systems:

FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
with horizontal with vertical cover caps
cover caps

2.2004/GB Insert units 5–5

 Insert units
Gaskets and accessories
for Schüco façade systems
Insulating bars Example

Insulating bars
black, either PolythermidR or polyamide 6.6 GF 25 to thermally
break the aluminium/composite profiles that are fabricated by the
customer.
Packed in units of 25 x 6 m bars
Important:
PolythermidR insulating bars:
Profiles are always rolled together after surface treatment of the
profile components.
Polyamide 6.6 insulating bars:
Profiles can be rolled together either before or after surface
treatment.

Can be used in the following systems:

FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
with silicone with horizontal
joints cover caps

FW 50+ SG
with vertical
cover caps

Material

PT 224 092 224 072

PA 6.6 224 093 224 073
See profile pages for where to use these insulating bars.
Royal S 102 insert unit with glazing bead for standard double glazing
Illustration Description Example

224 310
Rebate gasket
black EPDM.
Can be inserted on all sides.
Use: Outside area
PU = 200 m
We recommend gasket roller Art. No.
293 565 for rolling in the rebate gasket.

224 539
Rebate gasket
black EPDM.
Colour code: green
Use: Outside area
PU = 100 m
We recommend gasket roller Art. No.
293 518 for rolling in the rebate gasket.
224 310 224 539

Can be used in the following systems:

FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
with horizontal with vertical cover caps
cover caps

5–6 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units
Corner cleats
for Schüco façade systems
Outer frame Example

226 538
Corner cleat
can be nailed and crimped,
cast aluminium.
The adhesive can be injected into
this corner cleat.
For joining corner of outer frame.
PU = 4
Order nail 218 157 and drilling jig
280 530 separately.
Outer frame Can be used in the following systems:

280 531
Drilling jig
aluminium, for drilling the fixing and
adhesive holes in the outer frame. FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
with silicone with horizontal with vertical
joints cover caps cover caps
326 300
Vent profiles

Corner cleat
can be nailed and crimped,
cast aluminium.
The adhesive can be injected into
this corner cleat.
For joining corner of vent frame.
PU = 4
Order nail 218 157 and drilling jig
280 530 separately.

Corner cleat
Corner cleat 226 537

280 530
Drilling jig 326 280 326 330
aluminium, for drilling the fixing Vent Vent profile
and adhesive holes in the vent profile
profile.
Vent profiles
for manual
326 290 operation

Nails for outer frame and vent profiles Corner cleat 226 270

Nails 326 650 326 660

The nails are made of aluminium or Vent Vent profile
stainless steel and are used to secure profile
the corner and T–joints. The
aluminium nails are driven through
Aluminium nail ø 5 the profile and into the cleat using a Vent profiles
drift. The stainless steel nails have for motorised
a break–off point and are driven in or manual
using a hammer. 326 290 operation
PU = 100 Can be used in the following systems:

FW 50+ SG
Length with silicone joints
in mm Art. No.
FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
9 218 779 CC with horizontal with vertical cover
cover caps caps
13.5 218 156 CC

2.2004/GB Insert units 6–1

 Insert units
Corner cleats
for Schüco façade systems
Royal S 102 insert unit with glazing bead for standard double glazing
Vent profile with glazing bead
Use drilling jig
280 991

Use drilling jig

280 530

238 151
Corner cleat
nailed and crimped, made from cast aluminium.
The adhesive can be injected into this corner cleat.
For joining corner of vent frame 328 400.
PU = 4
Order nail 218 157 and drilling jig 280 530 separately.

280 530 Corner cleat 238 151

Drilling jig
aluminium, for drilling the fixing and Vent profile Can be used in the following
adhesive holes in the vent profile. systems:

FW 50+ SG
326 300 328 400 with horizontal
cover caps

280 991
Drilling jig
aluminium, for drilling the fixing and FW 50+ SG
adhesive holes in the vent profile. with vertical
cover caps

6–2 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units Overview
for Schüco façade systems Fittings for projected top hung vents

New Royal S 102 SK projected top hung windows

for manual or motorised operation

Benefits you will appreciate:

` Can be integrated into the following systems:
FW 50+ SG FW 50+ / 60+

` Different design options:

– With stepped double glazing
– With stepped double glazing and continuous
glass retention frame
– With double glazing and continuous glazing
beads
Royal S 102 SK
Projected top hung window ` Minimal internal face width of 50/57 mm

` Motorised operation over transom depth of 130 mm

` Optimised design for fittings depending on

construction size

` The system can be installed to a height of 100m *)

Royal S 102 SK
*) Height restrictions are subject to national and/or

Fittings for
local regulations. For details please contact your
local Schüco representative.

` New possibilities for ventilation and opening for

alternative building designs

Royal S 102 SK
Projected top hung window

Opening angles / widths max. 20o – 45o

Max. width 2,700 mm

Max. height 2,000 mm
Max. area 4 m2
Weight 120 kg

2.2004/GB Insert units 7–1

 Insert units Summary of profiles
for Schüco façade systems Fittings for projected top hung vents
Important notes on window fittings
Design:
Basic fitting for use in
façade system J Can be used in the following façade systems

FW 50+

FW 60+

FW 50+ SG

Manual operation Motorised operation

Vent profiles for Royal S 102 SK projected top hung windows

System Max. vent weight:
Manual operation up to 1kN Motorised operation up to 1.2kN
FW 50+ SG

326 280 326 650 326 650

326 290 326 290 326 290

326 340 * 326 670 * 326 670 *

326 280 326 650 326 650

326 290 326 290 326 290

FW 50+ / FW 60+

328 710 * 328 720 * 328 720 *

326 330 Pre–rolled 326 660 Pre–rolled 326 660 Pre–rolled
* Profile to be rolled together by customer. The complete article numbers given here are not stock articles and can only be used with SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD.

328 400 Pre–rolled

All dimensions given are construction dimensions.
Necessary clearances to adjacent structures must be determined by the fabricator.
7–2 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units Projected top hung vents
for Schüco façade systems FW 50+, FW 60+, FW 50+ SG
Royal S 102 SK
Dimensions for outward–opening projected
top hung vents
Manual operation
Locking point
Horizontal Vertical / Horizontal On all sides
Stay horizontal
Additional lock

Á
237 507
Locking point

Centre locking
point

Projected top hung vent

Installation
height in m Min. vent size (w x h) in mm

Top hung Max. vent 0–100 450 x 450 450 x 1300 1120 x 450 1200 x 450 1120 x 1300
friction stay weight:

Max. vent size (w x h) in mm

233 104 63 kg
233 105 75 kg 0–20 1500 x 1500 1700 x 2000 1700 x 1200 2300 x 1500 2700 x 2000
233 106 120 kg 20–100 1300 x 1200 1500 x 2000 1500 x 1000 Cannot be used 2700 x 2000

Ordering information for fittings for outward–opening Royal S 102 SK projected top hung vents

Surface finish/ PU Manual operation

Fittings opening angle Art. No.
Required quantity
Top hung friction 45° 233 104
stay 2
45° 233 105 (1/2 RH) 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
with/without side
locking 20° 233 106
Fixing screw ST 5.5x11 205 964 100 6 6 6 6 6
to screw the top
hung friction stay in
ST 5.5x16 205 981 100 6 6 6 6 6
place ST 5.5x20 205 930 100 2 2 2 2 2
Adjustment block 237 882 2 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU

Packing 2 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
to bridge the difference in the rebate 237 477 (1/2 RH)
21 mm to 17 mm = 4 mm
Only required when installing in vent frame Art. Nos. 326 660, 326 670 and 328 400

Additional fitting kit

for bottom and side locking 223 558 1 – 1 PU 1 PU – 1 PU

Supplementary fitting kit 223 559 1 – – 1 PU – 1 PU

Rebate stay
with fixing screws 219 609 2 – 1 PU – – 1 PU

Locking roller 218 368 10 2 – 3 3 3

Locking keep 218 362 10 2 – 3 3 3
Centre locking point 237 507 10 – – – 2–3 –
silver finish 234 785
Gearbox
handle black RAL 9005 234 788
13 mm face
white
RAL 9010 234 786
width
RAL 9016 234 787
1 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
silver finish 234 186
Gearbox
handle black RAL 9005 234 315
20 mm face
white
RAL 9010 234 188
width
RAL 9016 234 189
Locking gear
alternative to the gearbox handle, for
use with standard window handles with 237 508 1 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
43 mm between fixings and 7 mm
square drive

2.2004/GB Insert units 7–3

 Insert units Projected top hung vents
for Schüco façade systems FW 50+, FW 60+, FW 50+ SG
Royal S 102 SK
Dimensions for outward–opening projected top
hung vents
Motorised operation
Locking point
Horizontal Vertical / Horizontal On all sides
Stay horizontal
Additional

ÁÁ
locking point
Locking point

Centre
locking point
Locking motor

Projected top hung vent

Installation
height in m Min. vent size (w x h) in mm

Top hung Max. 0–100 450 x 450 450 x 1300 1120 x 450 1200 x 450 1120 x 1300
friction stay vent weight:

Max. vent size (w x h) in mm

233 104 63 kg
233 105 75 kg 0–20 1500 x 1500 1700 x 2000 1700 x 1200 2300 x 1500 2700 x 2000
233 106 120 kg 20–100 1300 x 1200 1500 x 2000 1500 x 1000 Cannot be used 2700 x 2000

Ordering information for fittings for outward–opening Royal S 102 SK projected top hung vents

Surface finish/ PU Motorised operation

Fittings opening angle Art. No.
Required quantity

Top hung friction 45° 233 104

stay 2
45° 233 105 (1/2 RH) 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
with/without side
locking 20° 233 106
Fixing screw ST 5.5x11 205 964 100 6 6 6 6 6
to screw the top
hung friction stay in
ST 5.5x16 205 981 100 6 6 6 6 6
place ST 5.5x20 205 930 100 2 2 2 2 2
Adjustment block 237 882 2 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU

Packing 2 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
to bridge the difference in the rebate 237 477 (1/2 RH)
21 mm to 17 mm = 4 mm
Only required when installing in vent frame Art. Nos. 326 660, 326 670 and 328 400
Additional fitting kit
for motor drive 237 567 1 – 1 PU 1 PU – 1 PU
Supplementary fitting kit 223 559 1 – – 1 PU – 1 PU
Centre locking point 237 507 10 – – – 2–3 –
Synchronous chain motor 233 120 2 – – – 1 PU 1 PU
Chain motor 233 119 1 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU – –
Motor bracket
for chain motor and 237 438 2 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 2 PU 2 PU
synchronous motor
Locking motor 233 122 1 – 1 PU 1 PU – 1 PU
Motor bracket
for locking motor 237 439 2 – 1 PU 1 PU – 1 PU

Interface (power supply)

Choose one of these

230V, for 2 chain motors 233 121 1 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU

and 1 locking motor
Control unit
for 1 window with 2 chain motors 223 969 1 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
and 1 locking motor
Control unit
for 10 windows, each with 2 chain 223 970 1 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
motors and 1 locking motor

Connecting cable
to connect the control unit
5m 223 764 1
1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
and locking motor without a
chain motor 10 m 223 765 1

Locking roller 218 368 10 – – – – 4

Locking keep 218 362 10 – – – – 4

7–4 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units Accessories
for Schüco façade systems FW 50+, FW 60+, FW 50+ SG
Gearbox handle for manual operation
13 mm internal vent 20 mm internal vent
Surface finish
face width face width
silver finish 234 785 234 186
black RAL 9005 234 788 234 315
white
RAL 9010 234 786 234 188
RAL 9016 234 787 234 189
PU = 1 PU = 1
Locking gear Window handles with fixing rosette

214 754 214 755 234 616

237 508
Locking gear
alternative to the gearbox handle, for use with
Schüco window handles with fixing rosette or Window handle
standard window handles with 43 mm between stainless steel, can be used DIN LH and DIN RH,
fixings and 7 mm square drive. for locking gear 237 508.
PU = 1 PU = 1

Additional fittings components

218 368 218 362 237 507 237 882 219 609
Locking roller Locking keep Centre locking point Adjustment Rebate stay
as additional fitting. as additional fitting. as additional lock. block stainless steel 1.4305
PU = 10 PU = 10 PU = 10 PU = 2 with multiple lock–open positions.
PU = 2

223 558 237 567 223 559

Additional fitting kit Additional fitting kit Supplementary fitting kit
for manual and motorised
for bottom and side locking. for motor drive operation
For manual operation only PU = 1 PU = 1
PU = 1

Additional fittings components for motorised operation

233 119 * 233 120 233 122 *

Chain motor Synchronous chain motor Locking motor
chain length 400 mm including 2 m connecting cable 20 mm travel
PU = 1 PU = 2 PU = 1

* Only available to special order

2.2004/GB Insert units 7–5
 Insert units Control units
for Schüco façade systems FW 50+, FW 60+, FW 50+ SG
Control unit (power supply) for up to 2 motors Interface (power supply)
Switch is positioned between the power supply and Switch is positioned before the power supply and
the drives the drives

223 969 * 233 121 *

Control unit (power supply) 230V interface
for 2 chain motors and 1 locking motor. for 2 chain motors and 1 locking motor.
Casing made from fire–retardant polycarbonate. Casing made from fire–retardant polycarbonate.
Additional keys can be connected. PU = 1
PU = 1

Technical data: Control unit for 2 motors Technical data: Control unit for 2 motors
Input voltage: 230 V AC Colour: white Input voltage: 230 V AC Colour: white
Dimensions: Dimensions:
Output voltage: 24 V DC
(W x H x D) 180x 110 x 70 [mm] Output voltage: 24 V DC
(W x H x D) 180x 110 x 70 [mm]

Control unit (power supply) for 20 drives Connecting cable

223 764
5 m connecting cable
Cable connecting the control unit to the electric opener.

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
PU = 5 m

ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
223 765

223 970 *
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
Á
10 m connecting cable
Cable connecting the control unit to the electric opener.
PU = 10 m
Control unit (power supply)
– in steel casing
– with 10 x 3A outputs
– motor outputs can be coupled or
operated individually
PU = 1

Technical data: Control unit for 20 motors For additional control units and electronic accessories, see
Input voltage: 230 V AC Colour: grey (RAL 7040) the Order Manual: Intelligent window and façade technology
Dimensions:
Output voltage: 24 V DC 580 x 365 x 110 [mm]
(W x H x D)

* Only available to special order

7–6 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units Overview
for Schüco façade systems Fittings for parallel opening windows

New type of opening

Royal S 102 PAF parallel opening windows
for manual or motorised operation

Benefits you will appreciate:

` Can be integrated into the following systems:
FW 50+ SG FW 50+ / 60+

` Different design options:

– With stepped double glazing
– With stepped double glazing and
continuous glass retention frame
– With double glazing and continuous glazing
beads
Royal S 102 PAF
Parallel opening window ` Minimal internal face width of 57 mm

` Motorised operation over transom depth of

130 mm

` Optimised design for fittings depending on

construction size

` The system can be installed to a height of 100m *)

*) Height restrictions are subject to national and/or
local regulations. For details please contact your
local Schüco representative.

` New possibilities for ventilation and opening Royal S 102 PAF

for alternative building designs
Fittings for

Royal S 102 PAF

Parallel opening window
Opening angles / widths
max. 210 mm

Max. width max. 2000 mm depending on

installation
Max. height max. 2000 mm height
Max. area 3 m2
100 kg
Weight
(up to 140 kg with additional lock)

2.2004/GB Insert units 8–1

 Insert units Summary of profiles
for Schüco façade systems Fittings for parallel opening windows
Important notes on window fittings
Design:
J Can be used in the following façade systems
Basic fitting for use in
façade system
FW 50+

FW 60+

FW 50+ SG

Manual operation Motorised operation

Vent profiles for Royal S 102 PAF parallel opening windows

System Max. vent weight:
Manual operation up to 1kN Motorised operation up to 1.4kN
FW 50+ SG

326 650

326 290

326 670 *

326 650

326 290
FW 50+ / FW 60+

328 720 *
326 660 Pre–rolled
* Profile to be rolled together by customer. The complete article numbers given here are not stock articles and can only be used with SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD.

328 400 Pre–rolled

All dimensions given are construction dimensions.
Necessary clearances to adjacent structures must be determined by the fabricator.
8–2 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units Parallel opening windows
for Schüco façade systems FW 50+, FW 60+, FW 50+ SG
Royal S 102 PAF
Dimensions for parallel outward opening
windows
Manual operation Manual operation

Parallel
opening stay

Max. vent weight: up to 60 kg up to 100 kg up to 100 kg

Parallel opening vents
Installation height in m
Min. vent size (w x h) in mm

0–100 526 x 568 526 x 1136 750 x 1136

Max. vent size (w x h) in mm

0–100 1300 x 1300 1100 x 2000 1300 x 2000

Ordering information for fittings for parallel outward opening windows

PU Manual operation
Fittings Art. No.
Required quantity
Parallel opening stay kit
up to max. vent weight 60 kg 237 493 3 1 PU – –
LH, RH, control mechanism
Parallel opening stay kit
up to max. vent weight 100 kg 237 494 5 – 1 PU 1 PU
LH, RH, control mechanism
Fixing screw
ST 5.5x16 205 981 100 12 24 24
for fixing the parallel opening stay kit
Adjustment block 237 882 2 1 PU 2 PU 2 PU
Sliding block 237 390 3 1 PU 2 PU 2 PU
silver finish 238 236 2
Handle 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
black RAL 9005 238 235 (1/2 RH)

Limiting stay 238 274 20 2 2 2

Countersunk screw ST 5.5x20 205 930 100 2 2 2

2.2004/GB Insert units 8–3

 Insert units Parallel opening windows
for Schüco façade systems FW 50+, FW 60+, FW 50+ SG
Royal S 102 PAF
Dimensions for parallel outward opening
windows
Motorised operation
Locking motor

Parallel Additional locking points on all sides

Á
opening stay
Locking point

Locking motor

Max. vent weight: up to 60 kg up to 100 kg up to 100 kg up to 60 kg up to 140 kg

Parallel opening vents
Installation height in m
Min. vent size (w x h) in mm

0–100 526 x 568 526 x 1136 750 x 1136 750 x 1136 1145 x 1900

Max. vent size (w x h) in mm

0–100 1300 x 1300 1100 x 2000 1300 x 2000 2000 x 1200 2200 x 2000

Ordering information for fittings for parallel outward opening windows

PU Motorised operation
Fittings Art. No.
Required quantity
Parallel opening stay kit
up to max. vent weight 60 kg 237 493 3 1 PU – – – 3 PU
LH, RH, control mechanism
Parallel opening stay kit
up to max. vent weight 100 kg 237 494 5 – 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU –
LH, RH, control mechanism
Fixing screw
ST 5.5x16 205 981 100 18 30 30 30 54
for fixing the parallel opening stay kit
Adjustment block 237 882 2 1 PU 2 PU 2 PU 1 PU 3 PU
Sliding block 237 390 3 1 PU 2 PU 2 PU 2 PU 3 PU
Synchronous chain motor 233 118 2 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU Special fitting
Motor bracket
for chain motor and synchronous 237 438 2 2 PU 2 PU 2 PU 2 PU 2 PU
chain motor
Locking motor 233 122 1 – – 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
Additional fitting kit
for motor drive 237 567 1 – – 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU

Supplementary fitting kit 223 559 1 – – – – 1 PU

Motor bracket
for locking motor 237 439 2 – – 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU

Interface (power supply)

230V, for 2 chain motors 233 121 1 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU –
Choose one of

and 1 locking motor

Control unit
these

for 1 window with 2 chain motors 223 969 1 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU –

and 1 locking motor
Control unit
for 10 windows, each with 2 chain 223 970 1 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
motors and 1 locking motor
Connecting cable 5m 223 764 1
to connect the control unit to the 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU 1 PU
locking motor or chain motor 10 m 223 765 1
Locking roller 218 368 10 – – – 2 4
Locking keep 218 362 10 – – – 2 4

8–4 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 Insert units Accessories
for Schüco façade systems FW 50+, FW 60+, FW 50+ SG
Gearbox handle for Additional fittings components
manual operation

526 or 568
Surface finish Art. No. 218 368 218 362 237 882 238 274 237 390
silver finish 238 236 Locking roller Locking keep Adjustment Limiting Sliding block
black RAL 9005 238 235 as additional fitting. as additional fitting. block stay PU = 3
PU = 10 PU = 10 PU = 2 PU = 20
PU = 2, 1/2 RH
Additional fittings components for motorised operation

233 122 * 233 118*

Locking motor Synchronous chain motor
20 mm travel 214 mm chain length
PU = 1 PU = 2

Available to special order: 1 locking motor and 3 synchronous chain motors.

237 567 223 559

Additional fitting kit Supplementary fitting kit
for motor drive for manual and motorised operation
PU = 1 PU = 1

* Only available to special order

2.2004/GB Insert units 8–5
 Insert units Control units
for Schüco façade systems FW 50+, FW 60+, FW 50+ SG
Control unit (power supply) for up to 2 motors Interface (power supply)
Switch is positioned between the power supply and Switch is positioned before the power supply and
the drives the drives

223 969 * 233 121 *

Control unit (power supply) 230V interface
for 2 chain motors and 1 locking motor. for 2 chain motors and 1 locking motor.
Casing made from fire–retardant polycarbonate. Casing made from fire–retardant polycarbonate.
Additional keys can be connected. PU = 1
PU = 1
Technical data: Control unit for 2 motors Technical data: Control unit for 2 motors
Input voltage: 230 V AC Colour: white Input voltage: 230 V AC Colour: white
Dimensions: Dimensions:
Output voltage: 24 V DC
(W x H x D) 180x 110 x 70 [mm] Output voltage: 24 V DC
(W x H x D) 180x 110 x 70 [mm]

Control unit (power supply) for 20 drives Connecting cable

223 764
5 m connecting cable
Cable connecting the control unit to the electric opener.

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
PU = 5 m

ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
223 765

223 970 *
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
Á
10 m connecting cable
Cable connecting the control unit to the electric opener.
PU = 10 m
Control unit (power supply)
– in steel casing
– with 10 x 3A outputs
– motor outputs can be coupled or
operated individually
PU = 1

Technical data: Control unit for 20 motors For additional control units and electronic accessories, see
Input voltage: 230 V AC Colour: grey (RAL 7040) the Order Manual: Intelligent window and façade technology
Dimensions:
Output voltage: 24 V DC 580 x 365 x 110 [mm]
(W x H x D)

* Only available to special order

8–6 Insert units 2.2004/GB
 Insert units
Tools for this series
for Schüco façade systems
Drilling jigs for corner cleats
Illustration Description Example
Corner cleat for outer frame
280 531 226 538
Corner cleat
Drilling jig
aluminium, for drilling the fixing and
adhesive holes in the outer frame.

Corner cleat 226 538

For outer frame
Art. No.
326 300
Pre–rolled
Corner cleat for vent profiles
226 270 or
280 530 226 537 corner
cleat
Drilling jig
aluminium, for drilling the fixing
and adhesive holes in the vent
profile.

Corner cleat 226 270 Corner cleat 226 537

For vent profiles For vent profiles
Art. No. Art. No.
326 650 326 280
326 660 326 330
326 290 326 290
To be rolled together Pre–rolled To be rolled together Pre–rolled
by customer by customer

Corner cleat for vent profiles with glazing bead

280 530 238 151

corner cleat
Drilling jig
aluminium, for drilling the fixing Use drilling jig
and adhesive holes in the vent 280 991
profile.

Use drilling jig

280 530
280 991
Drilling jig
aluminium, for drilling the fixing
and adhesive holes in the vent
Tools for this series

profile.

Corner cleat 238 151

For vent profile
Art. No.
328 400
Pre–rolled

2.2004/GB Insert units 9–1

 Insert units
Tools for this series
for Schüco façade systems
Tool and drilling jig for glass retention profile 326 310
Illustration Description Example

224 683
Gasket
black EPDM.
Use: Outside area
PU = 200 m
We recommend gasket roller Art. No.
293 565 for rolling in the gasket.
Gasket roller
293 565

224 683

Can be used in the following systems:

FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
with horizontal with vertical cover caps
cover caps

Drilling jigs

280 601
Drilling jig
aluminium, for drilling the drainage
and fixing holes for glass retention
Drainage
profile 326 310.

9–2 Insert units 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ SG fabrication instructions

Systems for
Façades and Contents F–1
Skylights

Fabrication
information Fabrication drawings F–3

information
Fabrication
 Instructions
Fabrication
FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions: Contents

FW 50+ SG Fabrication Instructions

Page

1. Description of system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2. Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

3. Statics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

4. Selection of profiles and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

5. T–joints (mullion – transom connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

6. Inside sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
6.1 Steps for fabricating glazing gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

7. Isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

8. Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
8.1 Unit sizes – preliminary calculation charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
8.2 Pane edges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
8.3 Design of the glass façade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
8.4 Choosing the right glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
8.5 Fixing the glass pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
8.5.1 Screw–in glazing clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
8.5.2 Glazing clip for variable angle outer corners (faceted façade) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

9. Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
9.1 Fabrication instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
9.2 Warranty information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

10. Outside sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

10.1 General glazing information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
10.2 Wet sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
10.2.1 Glazing support for wet sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
10.3 U–shaped dry glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
10.3.1 Glazing support for dry glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
10.3.2 Deflector block for dry glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
10.3.3 T and L–shaped moulded gasket intersections for dry glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
10.3.4 Additional fixing of the outer glass pane for dry glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 3
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions: Contents

FW 50+ SG Fabrication Instructions

Page

11. Insert units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

11.1 Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

11.2 Structural glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

11.2.1 using wet sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

11.2.2 using dry glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

11.3 Structural glazing using cover caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

11.3.1 with horizontal emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

11.3.2 with vertical emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

11.3.3 using glass retention profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

11.3.4 using glazing bead for standard double glazing up to 44 mm . 18

12. Building approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

13. Royal S 102 insert units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

13.1 Projected top hung windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

13.1.1 – using vent profile 326 340

– using vent profile 328 710
– using vent profile 326 330 with glass retention profile 326 310 . . . . . . . . . . . 19

13.1.2 – using vent profile 326 670

– using vent profile 328 720
– using vent profile 326 660 with glass retention profile 326 310
– using vent profile 328 400 with glazing bead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

13.2 Parallel opening window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

13.2.2 – using vent profile 326 670

– using vent profile 328 720
– using vent profile 326 660 with glass retention profile 326 310
– using vent profile 328 400 with glazing bead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

4 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

1. Description of system Symbol:

The FW 50+ SG façade is a system with a face width of 50 mm.
The glass edge cover is 15 mm.
The load–bearing structure consists of mullion and transom
profiles with different basic depths, which can be combined to
meet structural or visual requirements. Window
Royal S 102
There are five different design options that create the “structural
glazing look”:
— Structural glazing with U–shaped dry glazing
— Structural glazing with continuous wet sealing Façade
— Façade with vertical cover caps (retained on two sides) FW 50+ SG system
— Façade with horizontal cover caps (retained on two with vertical cover cap and
sides) horizontal wet sealing

Symbol: Symbol:

Window Window
Royal S 102 Royal S 102

Façade
FW 50+ SG system
Structural glazing
FW 50+ SG system
with horizontal cover cap
with U–shaped dry glazing and vertical wet sealing
(shadow joints)

Fig. 1: Sections through mullion and transom profiles with

Royal S 102 SK insert units (projected top hung
windows) or Royal S 102 PAF (parallel opening
windows)

Symbol:
2. Uses
The FW 50+ SG façade is based on the tried and tested
FW 50+ façade system. Special insert units and glazing details
Window mean that it can be used as a structural glazing façade.
Royal S 102
The thermally insulated aluminium façade construction is
suitable for entrances, stairwells, atria and connecting
walkways.
Wet sealing must be used with faceted façades.
The vertical structural glazing system FW 50+ SG is approved
Structural glazing
in Germany up to an eaves height of 8 m (approval number:
FW 50+ SG system
Z–70.1–46).
with continuous wet sealing The vertical façade with horizontal or vertical cover caps can
(closed joints) be used up to an eaves height of 100 m in Germany.
Consider the structural analysis of the panes if they are
retained on two sides.
Check country–specific requirements when using the system
outside Germany.
This applies to dry glazing with U–shaped seals as well as
continuous wet sealing joints.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 5
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

3. Statics 4. Selection of profiles and accessories

The FW 50+ SG façade should be configured to support Profile selection should be based on the following
positive and negative wind loads, vertical pane loads and considerations:
horizontal live loads.
— Agreeing on/clarifying site conditions
— Choice of statics
— Calculating structural values
Important: — Defining the method of assembly
Loads from the building structure should not be transferred — Choosing design options
to the façade construction.

Information on structural requirements and dimensions can be The following

found in the “Preliminary Statics” section of Fabrication options/combinations
Manual 1 “Façades and Skylights”. For information on the are possible:
load–bearing capacity of T–cleats and glazing supports, see
the relevant drawings in the “Preliminary Statics” section.

Notes on the FW 50+ SG system Assembly Transom

mullion for level 2

— For the FW 50+ SG system, transom and mullion profiles are FW 50+ SG
available in graduated dimensions to match structural Silicone joints
requirements. (with U–shaped
dry glazing seal
or four–sided
— Isolators made of Polythermid
provide excellent thermal
wet sealing)
insulation.

— As the configuration of the main structural box of the profile

is internal, any changes in length due to temperature
differences are minimal. FW 50+ SG
with vertical
cover cap
— The geometry of the profiles with rebate base drainage plus
the use of wet sealing or U–shaped dry glazing seals from
pane edge to pane edge ensure double protection against
weather influences. FW 50+ SG
with horizontal
cover cap
— Rebate base ventilation and pressure equalisation are
achieved at all four corners of each module field into the
mullion rebate.

— Special profiles are available for attachments to walls and

substructures supplied by others, together with insert units
and façade fixing brackets.

5. T–joints
(mullion–transom connection)
This section describes the various ways of connecting
mullions and transoms (T–joints). In the FW 50+ SG system,
there are several options for creating T–joints. These different
methods of joining profiles give you various fabrication and
assembly options.
— T–cleats for fabrication in the workshop
— T–cleats for on–site fabrication
The T–joint options are described in more detail in the
fabrication instructions for FW 50+.
Unitised construction using assembly mullions is not
always possible, as the outer silicone joint cannot
accommodate any major length expansions in the
construction (silicone joint or U–shaped seal).

6 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

6. Inside sealing 6.1 Steps for preparing glazing gaskets

Note: Mullion
It is vital that the following fabrication instructions are
observed.
Otherwise, the system may leak in adverse weather
conditions.

For drawings illustrating cutting and fabrication operations, see

the standard FW 50+ façade overview, “Gaskets and seals on
the inside façade area”. Transom
As a rule, seal underneath the transom profile where it joins the
mullion using EPDM seal Art. No. 217 585.

Mullion
Seal
Art. No. 217 585

Prepare the FW 50+ SG load–bearing system for transom

Drainage assembly.
channel
Transom
(level 1)

Glass

298 019

Fig. 2: Drainage and ventilation at the mullion/transom joint.

Seal The load–bearing structure consists of mullions and transoms.

Art. No. 217 585 Clean the corners of the gasket locating groove thoroughly.

298 257

Remove any
surplus sealing
and bonding
compound after
inserting the
gasket corners.

Fig. 3: Mullion/transom connection

When using dry glazing or wet sealing in the SG system, it

is important to fabricate the inside drainage level carefully
and to keep it clean. Inject sealing and bonding compound 298 257 into the
cleaned corners.
Procedure: Field by field

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 7
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

7. Isolators

298 257

Gasket
corners
Isolator for
mullion

Next, insert the gasket frames (recommended) or gasket Isolator for

corners into the sealing compound, which should not yet be
hardened.
When using gasket corners with gaskets sold by the metre,
join the gasket joints carefully and remove any surplus
adhesive.
transom
Cut the isolators for the mullion and transom profiles to the
correct size.
Leave a gap of 42 mm so that the glazing clips can be inserted
(see drawing “Glazing support assembly”).
Then insert the isolators one by one in the mullion and transom
profiles.

Mullion
298 130

Isolator

Glazing clip
Glazing
Before installing the SG units, apply sealing compound at the support Isolator
appropriate points in the four corners.

Note:
The SG insert units (fixed glazing and insert units) must be
installed immediately.

Transom
Max.

8 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

8. Glass 8.2 Pane edges

8.1 Unit sizes – preliminary calculation This SG façades features a special pane edge construction
charts (see figure). Like conventional double glazing units, this
system uses a spacer that has butyl on the surfaces that touch
the glass to join and seal the points of contact.
Extract from the preliminary calculation charts:
Example: Min. glass thickness = 32 mm The geometry of the spacer is designed so that the inner
pane of the double glazing unit benefits from extra
mechanical fixing.

Composition of glazing unit An additional construction criterion is the UV–resistant pane

edge construction, as the pane edge joint is unprotected.
I = Inner pane Use UV–resistant silicone to bond the pane edges and the
SBP = Space between panes double glazing unit with the outer profile component.
O = Outer pane

Area of use based on In terms of longevity, the UV–resistance and water vapour
O SBP I
possible load transfers. permeability levels of silicone bonding are the same as for
conventional double glazing units.

This area is not

permitted.
The outer pane must always be made of toughened safety
glass e.g. glazing unit composition 6/20/6.

Point 1 2 3 4
Table 1
Wind load: Spacer in E6/dark
500 kN / m2 (kPa) bronze
Butyl
Unit height [m]

Silicone:
Silicone–based structural
load–bearing adhesive e.g.
DOW CORNING DC 993
or Wacker Chemie
Glass
Elastosil SG 500.
thickness
Unit width [m]
Table 2
Wind load:
1000 kN / m2 (kPa) Top
Unit height [m]

Unit width [m]

Table 3
Wind load:
1500 kN / m2 (kPa)

Fig. 4: Pane edge construction

Unit height [m]

Note:
Only Schüco–authorised companies may bond the SG panes.
See 9.2 “Warranty information” in these fabrication
instructions.
Unit width [m]

Example: see Table 2

Composition of glazing unit 6/20/6 O/SBP/I
Insert unit size:
Unit width: 1.5 m
Unit height: 2.0 m
Installation height: 7.5 m (represents a wind load of 0.8 kN / m2)
Result:
Insert unit size is possible.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 9
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

8.3 Design of the structural glazing

The striking architectural effect of frameless glass façades is
achieved thanks to narrow, dark joints between the glass
panes and a clever use of reflective glass.

Point 1 2 3 4 Joint with U–shaped dry

glazing seal

Fig. 7: Spandrel unit

These reflection values are usually only achieved on outer
panes that are coated at point 1 or point 2.
Coatings at point 1 must have sufficient scratch resistance and
weather resistance to be used outside. Observe the cleaning
guidelines provided by the glazing suppliers.
The following products have coatings of this type:
— Infrastop S 010, S 020, Infrastop E 010, E 020, K-Glas
— Cool Light types SS 114, SS 120, SS 132, SS 208,
SS 214, SS 220, SS 232, SS 308, SS 314, SS 320,
SS 332, SS 408, SS 414, SS 420, SS 432, SS 508,
Point 1 2 3 4 Joint with wet sealing SS 514, SS 520, SS 532, SS 608, SS 614, SS 620,
SS 632, SS 108, TS 120, TB 140, SN 150, SS 108
Fig. 5: Sections of transoms with light reflecting off the — Luxguard CR 20, CS 35
outer pane — Calorex AO SG 30, BO SG 30, A1, B1
— Cool Lite SN 150, Antelio Silver
— Sunstop Silver 20
8.4 Choosing the right glass — Stopsol Supersilver clear
— Colorbel 43
The toughened safety glass panes of the spandrel units must
be the same colour as the double glazing units. To ensure Reflective coatings at point 2 must adhere properly to the
light is properly reflected away from the frame behind the glass so that they will not have to be removed from areas to
outer pane, Schüco recommends the following: be bonded. One product that has coatings of this type:
– Minimum degree of reflection of the outer — Calorex A1/B1/A0 SG30
pane R = approx. 25% (coating at points 1 + 2)
The outer pane must always be made of toughened safety You can also use certain solar protection glasses made by
glass. Pilkington–Flachglas AG and Luxguard.
If you want to use any other products, you will need to
consult the glass manufacturer, adhesive and sealant
suppliers and the sealing company (see also approval
certificate no. Z-70.1-46, dated 21 January 2003, Appendix
A).
Reflective coatings – particularly when used in conjunction
with coloured glass – have a low level of light transmission,
which must be indicated to the architect in the planning
phase.
However, we will not be discussing the subject of light
transmission in detail here. The information you need can be
obtained from glass samples supplied by the glass
manufacturer. The glass supplier should also be involved.

Variable: Fixed Variable:

6, 8 or 10 mm 6, 8 or 10 mm depending on loading

Fig. 6: Fixed glazing

10 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

8.5 Fixing the glass pane 8.5.2 Glazing clips for variable angle
outer corners (faceted façade)
8.5.1Screw–in glazing clips
Screw–in glazing clips ensure that the double glazing units are The glazing clips for variable angle outer corners cannot be
securely fixed to the FW 50+ load–bearing system. screwed in and must be positioned in the glazing spacer
From the outside, these glazing clips are inserted into the before the glass is installed.
pane edge joint between the double glazing panes and then
screwed to the load–bearing system.
To be able to position the glazing clips, the isolators must be
recessed 42 mm from the point of fixing.
For fixing intervals, see the “Glazing support assembly”
drawing.

Assembly instructions:
Glazing clip
205 963

280 599
Screwdriver

237 856
Glazing clip 0o – 5o

237 857 Fixing screw

Glazing clip 0o – 10o 205 963
Fig. 8: Glazing clip for variable angle outer corner 0o – 10o
280 760
Star head
screwdriver bit ISR
25 x 90
1. Place screw on tool.
2. Attach glazing clip.
3. Insert glazing clip into the outer joint and turn 90°.
4. Next, tighten screw Art. No. 205 963 to the load–bearing
system using screwdriver Art. No. 280 599 and star head
screwdriver bit Art. No. 280 760.

237 854
Glazing clip 237 858
– single–sided – Glazing clip 0o – 45o

Fixing screw
205 447

237 855
Glazing clip
– double–sided – Outer angle

205 963 Variable glazing clip to be

ISR 25 shortened by customer
ST 5.5x23.5

Fig. 9: Glazing clip for variable angle outer corner 10o – 45o

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 11
 FW 50+ SG system
9. Bonding the glass insert units
9.1 Fabrication instructions
In the FW 50+ SG system, the double glazing unit, the single
glass pane in the spandrel area and the stepped double
glazing in the vents are bonded to the substructure.
The security of the construction (against outer panes falling
out) is determined solely by the quality of bonding between the
glazing unit and the substructure.
It is therefore important to ensure that the bonding capacity of
the glass and aluminium surfaces is sufficient to meet the
structural requirements of the system used.
This will require close collaboration between the glazing
supplier and the adhesive supplier (silicone manufacturer).
Instructions agreed with DOW CORNING
Karolinenstr. 1–15 . D-33609 Bielefeld Rheingaustr. 34 – D–65205 Wiesbaden
For the attention of the fabricator and the glazing
specialist responsible for bonding
IMPORTANT: The following binding fabrication instructions must be
observed by the fabricator. Should any of these rules not be
observed, the warranty will become invalid and the companies will be
exempt from liability.
Schüco and DOW CORNING guarantee the bonding
capacity of the profiles delivered with SG–quality anodised
surfaces without them undergoing project inspection,
provided that the fabricator adheres to the following
instructions:
1.When configuring the construction, the fabricator must follow exactly the
basic rules of measurement defined by Schüco and DOW CORNING in
construction drawings (K drawings: K 11737 and K 11738).
All technical rules and conditions published in Schüco manuals must be
observed.
2.Only DOW CORNING cleaner R40 may be used to clean the surfaces,
and only DOW CORNING adhesive DC 993 may be used for bonding.
You may only use other products from DOW CORNING if instructed to
do so by Schüco and DOW CORNING.
3.Ensure that the anodised profiles are kept clean, dry and free of dust,
dirt and grease during transportation, storage and fabrication.
4.Protect the profile surfaces against all kinds of mechanical damage (e.g.
scratches) and chemical reactions during transportation, storage and
fabrication.
5.The technical fabrication instructions defined by DOW CORNING must
be observed when bonding the profiles.
See DOW CORNING “Quality Manual for Structural Glazing”.
6.The use of coated glass must be agreed with the glazing supplier and
DOW CORNING.
7.The anodised surface must be bonded within six months of the profile
being manufactured. The date of manufacture as found on the profile
applies.
Other profiles may not be used for these purposes.
8.Before awarding a glazing contract, the fabricator shall inform the
glazing specialist responsible for bonding of the enclosed binding
fabrication instructions, and engage the specialist to observe them.
9.Schüco and DOW CORNING advise the fabricator to take out product
liability insurance to ensure sufficient cover for all risks.
12 FW 50+ SG
Fabrication instructions
Anodised surfaces bond well, but their bonding capacity
deteriorates over time. As a result, you should only bond onto
dark bronze, anodised surfaces that are no older than 6
months. For this reason, Schüco only supplies aluminium
profiles for bonding that have E6/dark bronze anodised
surfaces. This anodising process takes place in accordance
with the standards agreed with DOW CORNING and Wacker
Chemie.
Untreated aluminium surfaces, which are subject to natural
oxidisation, are not suitable for bonding.
Protect the profile surfaces to be bonded against mechanical
damage and chemical reactions during transportation, storage
and fabrication.
When manufacturing the frames for bonding, ensure that the
surfaces to be bonded are protected from damage and are not
contaminated with oil, silicone spray or dust.
In Germany, glazing specialists responsible for bonding in
the FW 50+ SG system must be authorised with Schüco’s
approval and ensure that the system is inspected by their
own and third–party experts.
Instructions agreed with WACKER
Karolinenstr. 1–15 . D-33609 BielefeldWacker–Chemie GmbH . D-01610 Nünchritz
For the attention of the fabricator and the glazing
specialist responsible for bonding
IMPORTANT: The following binding fabrication instructions must be
observed by the fabricator. Should any of these rules not be
observed, the warranty will become invalid and the companies will be
exempt from liability.
Schüco and Wacker Chemie guarantee the bonding capacity
of the profiles delivered with SG–quality anodised surfaces
without them undergoing project inspection, provided that the
fabricator adheres to the following instructions:
1.When configuring the construction, the fabricator must follow exactly the
basic rules of measurement defined by Schüco and Wacker Chemie in
construction drawings (K drawings: K 11737 and K 11738).
All technical rules and conditions published in Schüco manuals must be
observed.
2.Only Wacker Chemie VENTOTEC
cleaner may be used to clean the
surfaces, and only Wacker Chemie ELASTOSIL
SG 500 adhesive
may be used for bonding.
You may only use other products from Wacker Chemie if indicated to do
so by Schüco and Wacker Chemie.
3.Ensure that the anodised profiles are kept clean, dry and free of dust,
dirt and grease during transportation, storage and fabrication.
4.Protect the profile surfaces against all kinds of mechanical damage (e.g.
scratches) and chemical reactions during transportation, storage and
fabrication.
5.The technical fabrication instructions defined by Wacker–Chemie should
be observed when bonding the profiles.
See Wacker Chemie “Fabrication Instructions for Structural Glazing
Projects”.
6.The use of coated glass must be agreed with the glazing supplier and
Wacker Chemie.
7.The anodised surface must be bonded within six months of the profile
being manufactured. The date of manufacture as found on the profile
applies.
Other profiles may not be used for these purposes.
8.Before awarding a glazing contract, the fabricator shall inform the
glazing specialist responsible for bonding of the enclosed binding
fabrication instructions, and engage the specialist to observe them.
9.Schüco and Wacker Chemie advise the fabricator to take out product
liability insurance to ensure sufficient cover for all risks.
2.2004/GB
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

The glazing specialist must receive the contract along with the
exact details of the glass, size, quantity and day of delivery of
the frames in good time. Profile sections from the same batch
as the frames should be made available to the glazing
specialist as test samples to support production quality
control.
In addition, the contractor should pass on the “Binding
Fabrication Instructions” for the FW 50+ SG system to the
glazing firm.
9.2 Warranty information
All profiles for bonding that are delivered by Schüco are
date–marked and have SG–quality anodised surfaces. These
profiles are marked with the date of manufacture of the
anodised surface and the name “Schüco International”. The
profiles must be bonded within six months of the surface being
anodised.
Along with the order confirmation, the customer also receives
the binding fabrication instructions, which must be observed
by the fabricator and the company responsible for bonding.
A fabrication certificate is issued to prove the quality of the
bonding characteristics.
If the binding fabrication instructions are observed, Schüco
and DOW CORNING or WACKER CHEMIE guarantee the
bonding capacity of the profiles without them undergoing
project inspection.
The warranty will become invalid of any of the binding
fabrication instructions, technical rules or production
guidelines are not observed.
Provided fabrication is carried out correctly, the double glazing
supplier guarantees that the space between the panes in the
double glazing unit will remain free of condensation, and that
the glass has the necessary mechanical bonding capacity to
adhere to the supplied frame.
The “General and Special Conditions” of approval
certificate no. Z-70.1-46, dated 21 January 2003 and
“Double glazing test” prEN 1279–2 test report 601 25611/1
from the ift-Rosenheim test institute are to be observed.

To obtain a list of Schüco partner companies who provide SG–bonded units, please apply to the following address:

For the UK and Eire:

Schüco International KG
Whitehall Avenue, Kingston
Milton Keynes, MK10 OAL

Tel.: +44 / 1908 / 282111

Fax: +44 / 1908 / 282124

For all other countries:

Schüco International KG
Postfach 10 25 53
D–33525 Bielefeld

Tel.: +49 / 521 / 783-0

Fax: +49 / 521 / 783-451
e–mail: sg–partner@schueco.com

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 13
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

10. Outside sealing 10.2 Wet sealing

10.1 General glazing information

Before sealing the joints, insert pre–filler 244 144 into isolator
224 807.
UV–resistant silicone sealing compound must be used to seal
the construction joints.
Ensure that all materials are compatible with each other.
The glass used for double glazing must have UV–resistant
pane edge joints.

1 Coloration of the pane overlap

Apply silicone the pane overlap to ensure that it is the
same colour.
Silicone joints with wet
sealing
2 Sealing
Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound, such as
DC 791 or Elastosil 600 or 605 to seal the construction Features:
joint. Observe the fabrication guidelines of the sealant – Silicone joint seal can be used up to a faceted angle
supplier (e.g. DOW CORNING or Wacker Chemie) to of 0 – 10°.
ensure that the sealant is compatible and bonds with the – Silicone joint seal can be used in conjunction with
pane edge joint. the standard FW 50+ façade.
It is also important to ensure that the silicone and EPDM
profiles and also the butyl tape are all compatible.

3 Assembly mullions
Assembly mullions cannot be used with vertical silicone 10.2.1 Glazing support for wet sealing
joints.

4 Outer pane of toughened safety glass

The outer pane must be made of toughened safety glass.
Silicone support
(by others)
228 391

When using wet sealing, glazing support Art. No. 228 391 is
used in the transom profile.
2
1 4
2

14 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

10.3 U–shaped dry glazing seal 10.3.3 T and L–shaped moulded gasket
intersections for dry glazing

244 429 244 430 244 431

Moulded gasket L–shaped moulded T–shaped
intersection gasket moulded gasket
U–shaped silicone joint seal for dry
Important:
glazing
Bond all gasket joints and moulded gaskets after
Features: installation at the places marked with an asterisk, using
– Deflector block can be used. silicone adhesive,
– Moulded gasket intersection and L and T–shaped e.g. DOW CORNING DC 791 or Wacker Chemie Elastosil
moulded gaskets can be used. 600 or Elastosil 605.
– Glazing clips can be used to further secure the outer
glass pane.
10.3.1 Glazing support for dry glazing
244 146
sold by the
metre
228 389

237 525

100 mm 244 146

sold by the metre

When using dry glazing, glazing support Art. No. 228 389 is Finally, prefabricated moulded gaskets are available for the
used for the inner glass pane. On the outside of the joint seal, intersections between mullions and transoms.
glazing support Art. No. 237 525 is used.
10.3.4 Additional fixing of the outer
Note:
At the intersection between the mullion and transom, glass pane for dry glazing
U–shaped joint seal Art. No. 244 146 can be recessed using
notching shears Art. No. 280 998.

10.3.2 Deflector block for dry glazing

244 146
sold by the
metre Glazing clip

238 156
Deflector block
Including fixing screws
Torque 2 Nm

244 501
Deflector block
Glass thickness of the
Ventilation channel outer pane Art. No.

244 146 6 mm 238 157

sold by the metre 8 mm 238 158
By using deflector block Art. No. 238 156 combined with 10 mm 238 159
deflector block Art. No. 244 501 at the intersection between
mullion and transom, any condensation can be directed The glazing clip provides additional security for the outer pane.
outside and the system can be ventilated.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 15
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

11. Insert units 11.2 Structural glazing

11.1 Uses
With FW 50+ SG, the external appearance remains consistent
regardless of whether fixed glazing, projected top hung
windows, parallel opening windows, glazed spandrel panels or Regarding the maximum
panels are used. installation height
country–specific
The following units can be integrated in the FW 50+ SG
requirements must be
system:
observed.
Fixed glazing
— Double–glazed fixed glazing
Window insert unit
— Double–glazed Royal S 102 SK projected top hung
window 11.2.1 Using wet sealing
— Double–glazed Royal S 102 PAF parallel opening
Features:
window
– Silicone joint seal can be used up to a faceted angle of
— Motorised or manual operation
0 – 10°.
Infills – Silicone joint seal can be used in conjunction with the
— Glazed spandrel panels standard FW 50+ façade.
— Panels

Selection of systems for the Royal S 102 SK / Royal S 102 PAF insert unit

The complete article numbers given here are not stock

articles and can only be used with SCHÜCAL/SCHÜCAD.

Structural Façade Façade

glazing FW 50+ SG FW 50+ SG
To be rolled Possible FW 50+ SG with with vertical
Vent Glass Pre–
together by with silicone horizontal cover caps
profiles: types: customer rolled joints cover caps
Not possible
Profile height 93 mm
326 280
Royal S 102 SK
326 290 Manual operation
Stepped Complete Motorised operation
Art. No. Silicone
double
Royal S 102 PAF 244 141 Silicone Royal S 102 SK
glazing 326 340
Manual operation on all joints with or
Motorised operation sides wet sealing Royal S 102 PAF
244 144
326 650 Royal S 102 SK
326 290 Manual operation
Motorised operation
11.2.2 Using dry glazing
Stepped
Silicone Features:
Complete 244 141
double Royal S 102 PAF – Deflector block can be used.
Art. No. Manual operation on all
glazing – Moulded gasket intersection and L and T–shaped
326 670 sides
Motorised operation gaskets can be used.
Profile height 87 mm – Glazing clip can be used to further secure the outer
Royal S 102 SK
glass pane.
326 280
326 290 326 330 Manual operation 244 143 244 143
Stepped Motorised operation
double
glazing
Complete Royal S 102 PAF 244 142 244 142
Art. No. Manual operation
With glass 328 710 Silicone Silicone
Motorised operation
retention profile

326 650 Royal S 102 SK

Stepped 326 290 326 660 Manual operation 244 143 244 143
double Motorised operation
glazing
Complete
Royal S 102 PAF 244 142 244 142
Art. No.
With glass Manual operation
328 720 Silicone Silicone
retention profile Motorised operation

Vent profiles with glazing bead

Royal S 102 SK
Manual operation 244 143 244 143
U–shaped silicone Royal S 102 SK
Motorised operation
joint seal with dry or
Standard
double Royal S 102 PAF 244 142 244 142 244 146 glazing Royal S 102 PAF
glazing Manual operation
Silicone Silicone
Motorised operation
Note on fabricating the U–shaped seal
Fabrication rules for mullion and transom assembly in the
FW 50+ SG system when using U–shaped seal Art. No.
Assembly mullion 244 146 in the outer glass joint.
This seal may only be used in vertical façades.
Gasket joints should be sealed with silicone adhesive.
Assembly transom

16 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

11.3 Structural glazing with cover caps 11.3.2 Structural glazing with vertical
emphasis
Features:
– Silicone gasket
– Assembly mullions can be used
– Mechanical fixing with cover caps

Regarding the maximum

installation height
country–specific
requirements must be
observed.

11.3.1 Structural glazing with horizontal Projected top or Parallel opening window
hung window Royal S 102 PAF
emphasis Royal S 102 SK
Features:
Silicone joint
– Silicone gasket
– Mechanical fixing with cover caps Pressure plate

Stainless steel cover plate

30x20x0.2 mm (fabricated by
customer)

Important:
At all cruciform and T–joints between pressure plates and
sealing joints, use customer–fabricated stainless steel cover
Projected top or Parallel opening window plates, as shown, to separate EPDM seals and sealing
hung window Royal S 102 PAF compound.
Royal S 102 SK Dimensions: 30x20x0.2
The stainless steel cover plates must fit tightly onto the sealing
Silicone joint compound. (H–joint)

Pressure plate

Stainless steel cover plate

30x20x0.2 mm (fabricated by
customer)
Important:
At all cruciform and T–joints between pressure plates and
sealing joints, use customer–fabricated stainless steel cover
plates, as shown, to separate EPDM seals and sealing
compound.
Dimensions: 30x20x0.2
The stainless steel cover plates must fit tightly onto the sealing
compound. (H–joint)

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 17
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

11.3.3 Using glass retention profile 12. Building regulation approval

– Glass retention profile provides extra security
for the vent.
General building regulation approval:
No. Z–70.1–46
“General building approval” was awarded to Schüco
International KG by the German Institute of Civil Engineering for
the use of the FW 50+ SG system as a glass façade and glass
roof up to 8 m installation height, under approval number
Z–70.1–46.

Glass retention profile

Projected top or Parallel opening window

hung window Royal S 102 PAF
Royal S 102 SK

11.3.4 Using glazing bead for standard

double glazing up to 44 mm

Glazing bead

Projected top or Parallel opening window

hung window Royal S 102 PAF
Royal S 102 SK

18 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

13. Royal S 102 insert units 326 300 326 330

Outer Vent
The following types of opening are possible: frame profile
— Projected top hung windows Royal S 102 SK
— Parallel opening windows Royal S 102 PAF

326 310
Glass retention profile

13.1.2 – With vent profile 326 670

Royal S 102 SK Royal S 102 PAF – With vent profile 328 720
Projected top hung window Parallel opening window
– Using vent profile 326 660 with
The minimum and maximum size of the projected top hung glass retention profile 326 310
window or the parallel opening window depends on the – Using vent profile 328 400 with
following factors:
glazing bead
— Opening angle
For use with:
— Vent weight — manual operation
— Vent size — motorised operation
— Manual or motorised operation 326 300
— Location of installation (wind loads) 326 650

13.1 Projected top hung window To be rolled together by

customer

1
326 290
Royal S 102 SK
Projected top hung window Complete Art. No. 326 670
326 300

326 650
13.1.1 – Using vent profile 326 340 To be rolled together by
– Using vent profile 328 710 customer
– Using vent profile 326 330 with
glass retention profile 326 310 1
For use only with: 326 290
— manual operation
326 300 Complete Art. No. 328 720
326 280 The complete article numbers 326 670 and 328 720 are not stock
articles and can only be used with SCHÜCAL / SCHÜCAD.
326 300

326 660
To be rolled together by Vent profile
customer
1
326 290

Complete Art. No. 326 340

326 300 205 080

ST3.9x13
326 310
326 280

To be rolled together by 328 400

customer
1
326 290

Complete Art. No. 328 710 Standard double glazing

The complete article numbers 326 340 and 328 710 are not stock
articles and can only be used with SCHÜCAL / SCHÜCAD.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG 19
 FW 50+ SG system Fabrication instructions

13.2 Parallel opening window

Royal S 102 PAF 328 400
Parallel opening window

Standard double glazing

13.2.2 – Using vent profile 326 670

– Using vent profile 328 720
– Using vent profile 326 660 with
glass retention profile 326 310
– Using vent profile 328 400 with
glazing bead
For use with:
— motorised operation
— manual operation – possible for vent weights up to
100 kg

326 300
326 650

To be rolled together by
customer

1
326 290

Complete Art. No. 326 670

326 300

326 650
To be rolled together by
customer

1
326 290

Complete Art. No. 328 720

The complete article numbers 326 670 and 328 720 are not stock
articles and can only be used with SCHÜCAL / SCHÜCAD.

326 300

326 660
Vent profile

205 080
ST3.9x13
326 310

20 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB
 FW 50+ SG system Contents

Title K. No. Page

FW 50+ SG including transition to insert units

Fabrication
Overviews

drawings
FW 50+ SG design options K 11927 F– 3
Profiles and accessories K 11926 F– 4
Gaskets and accessories K 11930 F– 5
Section details of vertical façade K 11717 F– 6
Section details with vertical silicone joint K 11923 F– 7
Section details with horizontal silicone joint K 11891 F– 8
Faceted angles and corners K 11707 F– 9
Faceted corner construction K 11736 F– 10
Spandrel panel of non–ventilated façade K 11711 F– 11
Special solutions: Oversized units with vertical or horizontal silicone
joints and additional glazing clips K 11832 F– 12
Crossover from vertical façade to roof K 11706 F– 13
Royal S 65 door as insert unit K 11763 F– 14
Attachments to building structure
Attachment: Head and base point K 11855 F– 15
Base point K 11709 F– 16
Head point and spandrel panel K 11708 F– 17
Attachment above floor slab K 11860 F– 18
Fabrication instructions
Support structure: Mullion and transom assembly K 11764 F– 19
Securing the glass: Assembly of glazing stop K 11818 F– 20
Glazing stop to prevent glass falling out K 11924 F– 21
U–shaped gasket: Edges K 11852 F– 22
Centre K 11853 F– 23
Calculating gasket size for moulded parts K 11861 F– 24
Glazing: Glazing table K 11811 F– 25
Pane edge joint for double glazing manufacture K 11732 F– 26
Permitted unit size for wind loads of 0.5 kPa K 11809 F– 27
Permitted unit size for wind loads of 1.0 kPa K 11813 F– 28
Permitted unit size for wind loads of 1.5 kPa K 11814 F– 29
Drainage and ventilation K 11724 F– 30

These drawings have been prepared in accordance with the latest technical development at the date of the drawing. We reserve the right to make changes in the interests of technical
progress. Right of ownership as regards fabrication and design is expressly reserved, and the legal protection afforded by the German Civil Code (BGB) paragraphs 823, 826, and 1004
is claimed in full. Unauthorised copying, distribution or reproduction – either in full or in part – will result in prosecution under civil and criminal law in accordance with paragraph 2, clause
2, section 7, 96 ff. of the German Copyright Act and also in accordance with paragraphs, 1, 3, 4, 18 and 19 of the UWG. Our general sales and delivery conditions and also our technical
conditions apply in relation to all rights of use.

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–1

 FW 50+ SG system Contents

Title K. No. Page

Royal S 102 SK / Royal S 102 PAF
Overviews
Design options K 11735 F– 31
Profiles and accessories K 11712 F– 32
Gaskets K 11713 F– 33
Overview of motors, control units and accessories K 11808 F– 34
Crimping knives and stop block K 12180 F– 35
Fabrication instructions
Gaskets and insert units K 11725 F– 36
Gaskets and insert units K 11740 F– 37
Drainage and ventilation K 11724 F– 38
Drainage and ventilation K 11862 F– 39
Glass retention profile K 11727 F– 40
Installation of chain and locking motors K 11770 F– 41
Royal S 102 SK
General: Fittings for projected top hung vents K 11729 F– 42
Installation of fittings K 11734 F– 43
Manual operation: Calculating vent size for manual operation K 11774 F– 44
Calculating fittings and locking bar size (types 1-3) K 11731 F– 45
Calculating fittings and locking bar size (type 4) K 11733 F– 46
Rebate stay K 11739 F– 47
Installation of gearbox for standard handles,
43 mm fixing centres K 11773 F– 48
Motorised operation: Calculating vent size for motorised operation K 11805 F– 49
Calculating locking bar size for motors (large vents) K 11767 F– 50
Calculating locking bar size for motors (small vents) K 11710 F– 51
Calculating locking bar size for two motors K 11768 F– 52
Royal S 102 PAF
General: Fittings for parallel opening vents K 11889 F– 53
Installation of fittings K 11771 F– 54
Installation of fittings, manual operation and locking K 11859 F– 55
Calculating vent size for motorised operation K 11806 F– 56
Installation of fittings, motors and locking K 11807 F– 57

Special case, installation in FW 50+ / FW 60+

Insert units K 11718 F– 58
Section details with vertical silicone joint K 11719 F– 59
Section details with horizontal silicone joint K 11720 F– 60
Glazing table K 11810 F– 61
Insert units in vertical façades K 11847 F– 62

These drawings have been prepared in accordance with the latest technical development at the date of the drawing. We reserve the right to make changes in the interests of technical
progress. Right of ownership as regards fabrication and design is expressly reserved, and the legal protection afforded by the German Civil Code (BGB) paragraphs 823, 826, and 1004
is claimed in full. Unauthorised copying, distribution or reproduction – either in full or in part – will result in prosecution under civil and criminal law in accordance with paragraph 2, clause
2, section 7, 96 ff. of the German Copyright Act and also in accordance with paragraphs, 1, 3, 4, 18 and 19 of the UWG. Our general sales and delivery conditions and also our technical
conditions apply in relation to all rights of use.

F–2 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ SG with vertical cover cap FW 50+ SG with horizontal cover cap

FW 50+ SG with U-shaped dry glazing FW 50+ SG with wet sealing on all sides

Bond joints using silicone

adhesive e.g. DC 797

K 11927
FW 50+ SG design
options Date 22.05.03
FW 50+ SG

F–3 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 238 157 238 158 238 159
237 525 228 389 237 262
Glazing clip for Glazing clip for Glazing clip for
Glazing support for fixed Long glazing support Short glazing support
6 mm glass 8 mm glass 10 mm glass
glazing outer pane for fixed glazing for fixed glazing
PU = 50 PU = 50 PU = 50
PU = 50 PU = 50 PU = 50

226 269
326 380 Corner cleat for 244 962
Spandrel panel spandrel panel Spandrel panel Corner cleat
profile profile profile fabricated from
PU = 6 m PU = 40 PU = 6 m 721 702

280 599 280 998

Screwdriver for glazing Gasket shears for
clips 237 854 and gasket 244 146
237 855
Glazing clips
Art. No. Where used PU (Qty) Design
Fixed lights
237 855 on the same Double
level
204 029
Fixed light
237 854 single–sided 327 800
(corners)

Fixed light
237 856 faceted Single 327 810
0o–5o

Fixed light
237 857 faceted
5o–10o

Special screw for Foam strip for glazing

glazing clips All glazing clips clips to prevent slipping
298 195 (faceted angles)
205 963 except 237 858
PU = 50

Fixed light
237 858 faceted Single For more accessories, see façade manual FW 50+
10o–45o

205 447 Glazing clip

237 858 K 11926
Profiles and Date 04.08.03
accessories
FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–4

 EPDM glazing Glazing rebate gasket Gasket corner Gasket frame EPDM glazing Glazing rebate gasket
rebate Transom PU Mullion PU PU rebate PU
gaskets Art. No. (mm) (m) Art. No. (mm) Art. No. (mm) (Qty) Art. No. (mm) (Qty) gaskets Art. No. (mm) (m)
244 944 244 947 244 956 244 959 224 259
244 945 244 948 244 957 244 960 224 063

244 946 244 949 244 958 244 961 224 267
224 104
224 268
EPDM PU
gaskets Art. No. Description 224 105
(m) PU
Isolators Art. No. (mm) (unit)
Silicone gasket 224 269
244 146
for U–profile 224 205

10 x 6 m
244 145

bars
Silicone gasket
244 586 (not a stock article)
224 807
244 144 PE filler piece

244 429 244 430 244 431 244 501 238 156
Moulded gasket intersection L–shaped gasket T–shaped gasket Deflector block Glazing deflector block
Silicone Silicone, RH and LH Silicone Silicone Plastic
PU = 50 PU = 10 of each PU = 50 PU = 20 PU = 20

For more accessories, see façade manual FW 50+

K 11930
Gaskets and accessories Date 26.05.03
FW 50+ SG

F–5 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Royal S 102 SK projected top hung vents
Insert units for vertical
(manual and motorised operation) façades only
Royal S 102 PAF (motorised operation only)

244 945

237 525 224 934

228 389 244 144 228 390
244 146
alternative
244 148 326 650
224 662

224 896

244 147

224 104 326 290

Minimum basic depth for FW 50+ substructure

Module height
Projected top hung vent Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound, such as DC 797 or
Vent frame
Manual operation only Elastosil 600 or 605 to seal the glass joints. Observe the
fabrication guidelines of the sealant supplier (e.g. DOW CORNING Manual operation Motorised operation
or Wacker Chemie) to ensure that the sealant is compatible and Mullion Transom Mullion Transom
326 290 bonds with the pane edge joint. 322 260 322 400 322 290 322 430
You should also ensure compatibility with silicone and EPDM 65 mm 70 mm 125 mm 130 mm
224 093 profiles and butyl tape.

Module width
326 300

244 144
Royal S 102 SK project top hung vent alternative
(manual operation only)

237 840

204 507 326 280

Paste the pane excess with 244 948
silicone to ensure that it is
the same colour.

326 290
205 963 224 807
244 146 237 854 244 146
244 141
Important:
Only double glazed units that have UV–resistant silicone edge seals may be used. Can only be used for vertical façades
All combinations of glass, silicone adhesive and pre–filler should be agreed with
244 962 the glass, adhesive and sealant suppliers. (Warranty) Distance between mullions
Distance between transoms
K 11717
Section details of
vertical façades Date 13.08.03
FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–6

 Royal S 102 SK projected top hung vents
(manual and motorised operation)
Insert units for vertical
Royal S 102 PAF (motorised operation only) façades only
224 606
204 507
326 650 328 400
228 390
224 937 alternative
Vent with
224 662 glazing bead
(pre–rolled)
244 148

224 896
224 105

244 147
326 290 244 142 237 854
224 350 328 420 224 310
224 268 244 144 244 143

Important:
Projected top Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound, such as DC 797 At all cruciform and T–joints between pressure plate profiles and sealing

Module height
or Elastosil 600 or 605 to seal the glass joints. Observe the joints, use customer–fabricated stainless steel cover plates, shown right,
hung vent fabrication guidelines of the sealant supplier (e.g. DOW to separate EPDM gaskets and sealing compound.
Manual operation only CORNING or Wacker Chemie) to ensure that the sealant is Plate dimensions: 30x20x0.2 mm
compatible and bonds with the pane edge joint. Stainless steel
You should also ensure compatibility with silicone and EPDM plates
profiles and butyl tape.
Minimum basic depth for FW 50+ substructure
Module width Vent frame
Manual operation Motorised operation
Mullion Transom Mullion Transom
322 260 322 400 322 290 322 430
65 mm 70 mm 125 mm 130 mm

326 300
Royal S 102 SK project top hung vent
(manual operation only)

204 507
237 841 326 280
224 937
244 142
244 948
224 809

112 710
160 620

326 290 224 807

244 144
237 854 237 855 Paste the pane excess
244 143 with silicone to ensure
that it is the same colour.

Important:
Only double glazed units that have UV–resistant silicone edge
224 867 Distance between mullions
seals may be used. All combinations of glass, silicone adhesive
and pre–filler should be agreed with the glass, adhesive and Distance between transoms
sealant suppliers. (Warranty) K 11923
Section details with
vertical silicone joint Date 26.05.03
FW 50+ SG

F–7 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Insert units for vertical
Royal S 102 SK projected top hung vents
(manual and motorised operation) façades only
Royal S 102 PAF (motorised operation only)
237 854 244 945 228 390

244 143
328 400
224 148 224 937
alternative

326 650
Vent with
224 662 glazing bead
(pre–rolled)

244 147

224 896 224 105

326 290
224 268 224 350 328 420
224 310

Module height
Important: Important:
Only double glazed units that have UV–resistant silicone edge At all cruciform and T–joints between pressure plate profiles and sealing
seals may be used. All combinations of glass, silicone adhesive joints, use customer–fabricated stainless steel cover plates, shown right,
and pre–filler should be agreed with the glass, adhesive and to separate EPDM gaskets and sealing compound.
sealant suppliers. (Warranty) Plate dimensions: 30x20x0.2 mm
Stainless steel
Minimum basic depth for FW 50+ substructure plates
Module width
Vent frame
Manual operation Motorised operation
Mullion Transom Mullion Transom
322 260 322 400 322 290 322 430
65 mm 70 mm 125 mm 130 mm

326 300

Royal S 102 SK project top hung vent

(manual operation only)

237 840
204 507
326 280

236 380 224 606

204 533
224 934

244 144
224 810 326 290
224 606 Paste the pane excess
with silicone to ensure
112 710 244 142 that it is the same colour.
110 240 244 394

224 808 Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound, such as DC 797 or Elastosil
600 or 605 to seal the glass joints. Observe the fabrication guidelines of the Distance between mullions
237 855 sealant supplier (e.g. DOW CORNING or Wacker Chemie) to ensure that the Distance between transoms
sealant is compatible and bonds with the pane edge joint. You should also
ensure compatibility with silicone and EPDM profiles and butyl tape. K 11891
Section details with
horizontal silicone joint Date 22.05.03
FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–8

 135o
outer
90o corner
outer
corner

205 447
ST 5.5x19
237 858
205 963 244 144
237 858 205 447 ST 5.5x23.5
237 855
ST 5.5x19
Anodised
E6/dark
bronze

237 855

205 963
ST 5.5x23.5

244 144
237 854
205 963
ST 5.5x23.5

237 857 205 963

Paste the pane excess with silicone to ensure
ST 5.5x23.5 that it is the same colour.
Anodised
E6/dark
bronze
Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound,
such as DC 797 or Elastosil 600 or 605 to seal
the glass joint. Observe the fabrication
guidelines of the sealant supplier (e.g. DOW
CORNING or Wacker Chemie) to ensure that
the sealant is compatible and bonds with the
pane edge joint.
You should also ensure compatibility with
silicone and EPDM profiles and butyl tape.

Alternative
244 146
or
244 586

205 963
237 856 ST 5.5x23.5
K 11707
Faceted angles and
corners Date 05.06.03
FW 50+ SG

F–9 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Cutting glazing clip
237 858

Angle range [a]

237 858
Glazing clip Use installation aid on site, such as
foam strip 298 195 – stick on strip of
approx. 20 mm

205 447
ST5.5x19

90o corner 100o corner 110o corner 120o corner

130o corner 140o corner 150o corner 160o corner

K 11736
Faceted corner
construction Date 04.08.02
FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–10

 Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound, such as DC 797 or Elastosil
600 or 605 to seal the glass joints. Observe the fabrication guidelines of the
sealant supplier (e.g. DOW CORNING or Wacker Chemie) to ensure that the
sealant is compatible and bonds with the pane edge joint. You should also
ensure compatibility with silicone and EPDM profiles and butyl tape.

Important:
Only double glazed units that have UV–resistant
silicone edge seals may be used.
All combinations of glass, silicone adhesive and
pre–filler should be agreed with the glass,
226 269 adhesive and sealant suppliers. (Warranty)
Corner cleat

Ventilation Ventilation
channel
5x30 mm or
3 x Ø 8 mm 244 144
holes drilled Glass joint sealed with silicone e.g.
alternative Drainage and ventilation
every Dow Corning 797 (order separately)
500 mm Seal inner plate against
moisture on all sides

326 380

244 146

Pane enamelled on back 224 807

Drainage channel
immediately adjacent
to corner cleat
Special silicone–based
237 855 structural load–bearing adhesive
e.g. Dow Corning 993

K 11711
Spandrel panel of Date 05.06.03
non–ventilated façade
FW 50+ SG

F–11 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Special solution:
With vertical silicone joint for tall panes
Horizontal cover caps with additional anchor points for module heights ≥ 750 mm

244 142

Max. 400
204 507

224 104 224 937 244 948

Stainless steel
plates

Max. 400
244 662
Important: 224 606
At all cruciform and T–joints between
pressure plates and sealing joints,
244 945
use customer–fabricated stainless
steel plates to separate EPDM
gaskets and sealing compound. 244 143 244 144 224 807 237 855

Stainless steel plate dimensions:

30x20x0.2 mm
Stainless steel Vent Fixed light Mullion Transom Insert units 228 392
plates Pane Pane Glazing rebate Glazing rebate Glazing rebate Glazing rebate Adapter
gasket gasket gasket / mullion gasket / transom gasket
224 810
Inside SBP Outside Inside SBP Outside
244 949 244 946 204 691 204 649 224 937

Isolator 224 810

Isolator 224 807

244 949 244 946 204 691 204 649 224 937
244 949 244 946 204 691 204 649 224 937
Variable

Variable

244 948 244 945 204 507 204 662 224 937
244 948 244 945 204 507 204 662 224 937 228 391
244 948 244 945 204 507 204 662 224 937
244 947 244 944 204 534 204 533 224 937
244 947 244 944 204 534 204 533 224 937 244 144
244 947 244 944 204 534 204 533 224 937
237 855
244 945
Special solution:
With horizontal silicone joint for wide panes
Vertical cover caps with additional anchor points for module heights ≥ 750 mm 244 662
237 854

224 937

244 143
204 507

224 104 224 937 244 948

Max. 400 Max. 400

224 104

244 142 224 606 224 810

Important:
Only double glazed units that have UV–resistant silicone edge seals may be
used. For more details, see:
All combinations of glass, silicone adhesive and pre–filler should be agreed with K11818 – Glazing support Oversized units with K 11832
the glass, adhesive and sealant suppliers. (Warranty) assembly vertical or horizontal
silicone joints and Date 03.07.03
additional glazing clips
FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–12

 Paste the pane excess with
silicone to ensure that it is the
same colour.

Silicone–compatible
pre–filler e.g.
polyethylene
Alternative

322 400 322 630

322 640

322 400

Important:
Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound, such as DC 797 or Only double glazed units that have UV–resistant silicone
Elastosil 600 or 605 to seal the glass joints. edge seals may be used.
Observe the fabrication guidelines of the sealant supplier (e.g. All combinations of glass, silicone adhesive and
DOW CORNING or Wacker Chemie) to ensure that the sealant is pre–filler should be agreed with the glass, adhesive and
compatible and bonds with the pane edge joint. sealant suppliers. (Warranty)
You should also ensure compatibility with silicone and EPDM
profiles and butyl tape.

K 11706
Crossover from
vertical façade to roof Date 23.07.02
FW 50+ SG

F–13 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Insert units for vertical
Important:
façades only
Only double glazed units that have UV–resistant silicone edge seals may be used.
All combinations of glass, silicone adhesive and pre–filler should be agreed with
the glass, adhesive and sealant suppliers. (Warranty)

244 146
alternative

Minimum basic depth for FW 50+ substructure

Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound, such as DC 797
or Elastosil 600 or 605 to seal the glass joints. Vent frame
Manual operation Motorised operation
Observe the fabrication guidelines of the sealant supplier (e.g. Mullion Transom Mullion Transom
DOW CORNING or Wacker Chemie) to ensure that the sealant is
compatible and bonds with the pane edge joint. 322 260 322 400 322 290 322 430
You should also ensure compatibility with silicone and EPDM 65 mm 70 mm 125 mm 130 mm
profiles and butyl tape.

Projected top hung vent

For insert unit for outward–opening
door, see: Royal S 65 section of the
“Windows and Doors” Order Manual.

Fabricated from
profile 134 160 /
Paste the pane excess with The attachment profile 25x25x2
silicone to ensure that it is must be anodised in
the same colour. E6/dark bronze.

K 11763
Royal S 65 door
as insert unit Date 23.08.02
FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–14

 Range of
Range of
adjustment adjustment
Reference table horizontal lateral
Mullion Head point

adjustment
vertical
Range of
322 270 228 454
322 280 228 455 Adjustment options
Head point of façade
322 290 228 456
Building 322 300 228 457 VERTICAL

structure HORIZONTAL

Min. 250
LATERAL

Notch as far as
bottom edge of
Use vapour barrier on the inside

transom
of rooms with air conditioning or
high humidity Notch mullion as
far as rebate base
as illustrated

Notch insert profile as far as base

construction as illustrated
Cavities must
be filled with
insulation
material

Bottom edge of
transom
Use vapour barrier on the inside
of rooms with air conditioning or
high humidity
Base point
FFL
Maximum permissible loads
Positive wind load: W0 = 5 kN
Negative wind load: WS = 5 kN
Floor construction
Permissible dead load with 1 fixing assembly 218 530: VZUL = 2.2 kN
Min. 90

according to site Permissible dead load with 2 fixing assemblies 218 530: VZUL = 4.4 kN
conditions
The W0/WS values and permissible
Insulation DIN 18164 dead loads specified for the base point
should not replace any verifiable
218 530 structural calculations.
Installation option
Plate turned through 180o

Range of Reference table Distance

Building adjustment between holes
lateral Mullion Depth of Insert Base Y depth of
structure mullion profile plate base plate
322 270 323 460 322 720 228 387
322 280 323 470 322 730 228 387
322 290 323 480 322 740 228 387
322 300 323 490 322 750 228 388
Adjustment options
326 250 326 260 322 760 228 388
Base point of façade 326 030 326 040 326 050 228 388
VERTICAL
Attachment to erected façade
according to site conditions and
structural requirements. LATERAL K 11855
205 583 Attachment to building
M8x25 structure: base and Date 27.02.03
head points
FW 50+ SG

F–15 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Use vapour barrier on the inside of rooms
with air conditioning or high humidity

FFL

Floor construction
min. 90
Insulation
DIN 18164

Floor construction
according to site
Building structure conditions

Cavities must be filled

with insulation material K 11709
Attachment to building
structure: base point Date 05.06.03

FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–16

 Min. 100
Building structure

(supplied by
customer)
205 347 50x3x160 flat,
M8x35 secured against
with shank slipping

Façade attachment:
Fixed above the floor slab
Use vapour barrier on the inside of rooms
with air conditioning or high humidity (hanging façade design)

Cavities must be
filled with
insulation Floor construction
material according to site
conditions
Shorten as required

Floor construction
min. 70
Building structure

Building structure
Min. 100

(supplied by
customer)
205 347 50x3x160 flat,
M8x35 secured against
with shank slipping

Use vapour barrier on the inside of rooms

with air conditioning or high humidity

For attachment at base point, K 11708

Attachments to building
see: K11709 structure: head point Date 05.06.03
and spandrel panel
FW 50+ SG

F–17 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Mullion joint:
prepare and Façade attachment: Façade attachment:
seal according to
drawing K11854
Fixed above floor slab Fixed above floor slab
(standing façade design) (hanging façade design)

Insert profile
angled for better
insertion
Min. 1 m flashover

Min. 115

Min. 70
224 816

205 347 HD = Horizontal positive load

M8x35 HS = Horizontal negative load
with shank V = Vertical load
Min. 100 Building structure The diagram refers to façade attachment Building structure
comprising profile 323 810 / 323 820 and Min. 100
fixing flange 228 519

Art. No. 228 519 fixing flange, PU = 10

Item Content/PU Material (supplied by customer)
50x3x160 flat
Fixing bracket flange 205 347 secured against
Hexagon head bolt M10 x 40 M8x35 slipping
with shank
Hexagonal nut M10
Spring clip as anti–lift out device
Toothed lock washer
Hexagon head bolt M8 x 50
Hexagonal nut M8
Adjustment plate
Order separately
Sealing on inside of 205 347 Hexagon head bolt M8 x 35
rooms with air 205 349 Hexagon head bolt M8 x 25
conditioning and high
humidity or on inside of
fire–resistant façades

Adjustment options

VERTICAL

HORIZONTAL

LATERAL

205 347
M8x35
Alternative with shank

Insert (provided Fabricated from profile 323 820

by customer)

ST flat
8x45
Cavities must be filled with insulation material

205 349 Fixing bolts and anchor points should be adjusted to meet
M6x25 structural requirements, current standards and site
with shank
conditions (distance from edge).

13 mm hole in the Fabricated from profile K 11860

adjustment plate 323 810 Attachment to
building structure: Date 10.03.03
above floor slab
FW50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–18

 Fabrication instructions for mullion and transom assembly in the FW 50+ SG system,
with use of gasket 244 146 or 244 586 in the outer glass joint.
This gasket may only be used in vertical façades.

244 146

Glazing
support
237 525 outer pane
298 019 298 257 237 262 inner pane

100 mm right
and left in the
fixed light

Prepare the FW 50+ load–bearing system for

transom assembly.

Fully assemble the mullion and transom

support structure and clean the corners of the
gasket groove thoroughly.

Inject sealing compound into the cleaned area as illustrated.

Do this field by field.
Next, insert the gasket frames (recommended) or gasket
corners into the sealing compound, which should not yet be
298 257 hardened.
When using corners and gaskets sold by the metre, seal the
joints carefully.

298 130 Before installing the glazing and insert units, apply sealing
compound to all corners as shown.
Insert glazing or units immediately.

The preceding fabrication instructions must be observed.

If they are not observed, water may penetrate inside in
adverse weather conditions as a result of a drop in air
pressure.

K 11764
Fabrication instructions:
mullion and transom Date 13.05.03
assembly
FW 50+ SG

F–19 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Alternative
Cannot be used on roofs
or sloped areas

237 854
Single–sided
glazing clip

205 963 205 963 244 144 244 146

ST5.5x23.5 ST5.5x23.5 Filler piece Silicone gasket
237 855
Double–sided glazing clip

237 855
Double–sided
glazing clip
Max. 400

280 599 205 963

Screwdriver ST5.5x23.5 237 855
Double–sided
glazing clip

Max. 400 Max. 400 K 11818

Fabrication instructions:
glazing support Date 24.06.03
assembly
FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–20

 Alternative
Cannot be used on roofs
or sloped areas

237 854
Single–sided
glazing clip

205 963 244 146

ST5.5x23.5 205 963 237 855 244 144 Silicone gasket
ST5.5x23.5 Double–sided Filler piece
glazing clip

237 855
Double–sided
glazing clip

237 856
Glazing clip

205 963
ST5.5x23.5
Max. 400

Alternative
Cannot be used on roofs
or sloped areas

205 963 244 144 237 856 244 146

ST5.5x23.5 Filler piece Glazing clip Silicone gasket

Max. 400 Max. 400

237 855
Double–sided glazing clip

280 599
Screwdriver
Important:
To ensure full protection against glass falling out, Schüco conducted a series of pendulum
impact tests in conjunction with Institut PSP and RWTH Aachen, and the results are available
under S-47-01-6. 205 963
ST5.5x23.5
The results show that system FW50+ SG, used with the selected glazing unit composition
(inner pane 10 mm laminated safety glass, space between panes 20 mm, outer pane 8 mm
toughened safety glass) and supported by additional glazing clip 237 856, is fully protected
against glass falling out in compliance with prEN 12600 and E-TRAV, category A.
Fabrication instructions: K 11924
glazing stop to prevent
Date 04.08.03
glass falling out
FW 50+ SG

F–21 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Façade height up to 8 m Façade height over 8 m

Mullion Mullion
joint joint 280 998

Over 8000
Max. 8000

Max. 8000
Cut out lips here if

Max. 8000
necessary

Mullion Mullion

For details of A, A1 and E, E1, see drawing K 11852

Recess for glazing For details of B, B1 and D, D1, see drawing K 11853
deflector block
For details of C, C1, see drawing K 11854

224 865
Mullion end seal

Remove eyelet
Transom
Notch Transom
224 865
isolator
Remove eyelet Mullion end seal
Notch
isolator

244 146 or 244 586

Connect continuous gasket
244 501
Deflector block

238 156 244 501

Glazing deflector block
Deflector block 238 156
Glazing deflector block
244 146 or 244 586
Connect continuous gasket
244 146 or 244 586 Isolator 244 146 or 244 586
Connect continuous gasket Isolator
Connect continuous gasket

Alternatively with glazing deflector Alternatively with glazing deflector

block and deflector block block and deflector block

244 146 or 244 586

Connect continuous gasket
238 156
238 156 Glazing deflector
block
Glazing deflector block 244 146 or
244 501
244 586
Deflector
block Connect continuous
gasket

244 430
Connect continuous
gasket

244 146 or 244 586 244 501 244 146 or 244 586
Connect continuous gasket Deflector block Connect continuous gasket

244 146 or 244 586

Connect continuous gasket
Dry glazing gasket
244 146 or

244 586
244 431
244 430 T–shaped gasket Bond with silicone (e.g. Dow Corning DC 797
or Wacker Elastosil 305/Elastosil SG 20) at
L–shaped gasket
these positions after installation (with glazing)

244 146 or 244 586 244 146 or 244 586

Connect continuous gasket
Connect continuous gasket
K 11852
Edges Date 13.05.03
FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–22

 Façade height up to 8 m Façade height over 8 m

Mullion Mullion
joint joint

Max. 8000

Max. 8000

Over 8000
238 156 238 156

Max. 8000
Glazing deflector block Glazing deflector block

244 146 or 244 586 244 146 or 244 586

Connect continuous gasket Connect continuous gasket

Recess for glazing For details of A, A1 and E, E1, see drawing K 11852
deflector block For details of B, B1 and D, D1, see drawing K 11853
For details of C, C1, see drawing K 11854

244 501
Deflector block

244 501
Deflector block

244 146 or 244 586 244 146 or 244 586

Connect continuous gasket 280 998 Connect continuous gasket

Cut out lips here if

necessary

244 146 or 244 586

Connect continuous gasket
244 146 or 244 586
Connect continuous gasket

244 431
T–shaped gasket

Dry glazing gasket

244 146 or

244 586
244 146 or 244 586 Bond with silicone (e.g. Dow Corning DC 797
Connect continuous gasket
244 146 or 244 586 or Wacker Elastosil 305/Elastosil SG 20) at
Connect continuous gasket these positions after installation (with glazing)

K 11853
Centre Date 13.05.03
FW 50+ SG

F–23 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 237 525

238 157 – 238 159

Module width RB

Calculating size of gaskets with moulded parts

e.g. moulded gasket intersection

244 429

Glass
thicknesses Glazing clip
6 mm 236 157
8 mm 236 158
10 mm 236 159

Compression
Compression

Tighten glazing clip screws with approx. 2 Nm.

Bond gasket joints with silicone adhesive

such as Dow Corning DC 797 or Wacker
Elastosil 305 / Elastosil SG 20.

Dry glazing gasket

Connect continuous silicone gasket
244 146 or 244 586
or

Deflector block 244 146 244 586

244 501
Moulded parts
Moulded gasket T–shaped
intersection gasket
244 429 244 431
Compression

Compression

Calculating continuous gasket size (alternative) Deflector

L–shaped block
gasket 244 501
Silicone gasket 244 430
280 998
244 146 or 244 586
Cut out lips here if
necessary
Module height RH

Compression
K 11861
Calculating gasket
size for moulded parts Date 12.05.03
FW50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–24

 Glazing options
without pressure plates and with insert unit: Royal S 102 SK or Royal S 102 PAF

Fixed
IMPORTANT:

light
Adapter gasket
The sealing joint in the glass front must not be less
than 5 mm thick. Pre–filler profile 244 144 must
Glazing rebate
cover the bonding to the glass (risk of infiltration).
gasket (transom)
237 525 237 262
Glazing support If you are using dry sealing, gasket 244 146 must
Rebate gasket
Sealing not protrude.
(transom) 244 146 224 807
244 144 Bond gasket joints using silicone adhesive e.g.
DC 797
224 807 244 141
244 141

Insert unit

Rebate gasket
(mullion)
Glazing rebate
gasket (mullion)

Difference in
levels 2 mm
max.

Pane thickness (X) in the FW 50+ SG fixed light and accessories Pane thickness (Y) in the insert units
in FW 50+ SG
Glass Glass Gaskets in the fixed light Gaskets in the insert units field Glazing support Bonding joint Glass Glass
Glazing rebate gasket
thickness in thickness in Adapter gasket in thickness thickness
Isolator

the fixed light the outer Glazing rebate gasket Rebate gasket Gasket for glass joint with for glass joint the outer frame (mm) H (mm) E (mm) F (mm) G (mm) Art. No.
Gasket Gasket corners
(mm) vent frame frame corners Mullion Transom gasket 244 146 with silicone
Mullion Transom Type A Outside Inside 224 104
sealing
(mm) Outside Inside (mm) G (mm) Art. No. H (mm) Art. No. Art. No. Art. No. D (mm) Art. No. C (mm) Art. No. Art. No. Art. No. Art. No. (mm) Art. No.
244 949 244 946 244 961 244 958 204 691 224 649 204 862 237 525 237 262 228 391 224 063
204 861 228 391 224 934
224 807

244 948 244 945 244 960 244 957 204 507 224 662 237 525 237 262
204 860 228 391 224 259
224 947 244 944 244 959 244 956 204 534 224 533 237 525 237 262 224 938
224 947 244 944 244 959 244 956 204 534 224 533 204 860 237 525 237 262 228 391 224 935
224 947 244 944 244 959 244 956 204 534 224 533 204 860 237 525 237 262 228 392 224 936

K 11811
Glazing table Date 05.06.03
FW 50+ SG

F–25 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 spacer
Production steps:
Remove all traces of grease from
spacer 326 320 before bonding Butyl bonding
After notching the upper and lower
spacer, apply butyl on both sides Permanently elastic
sealing compound

Min. 20
Top
Additionally
on all 4
corners

Steps:
– Fill the profile with
e.g. Dow Corning
drying agent Parts:
DC 993
– Fit the spacer
frame together 226 268

Spacer height = H–42

Wacker Chemie
Elastosil SG500 4 angle brackets

326 320
2 vertical spacers
(without notching)
2 horizontal spacers
(notched on two sides)
– Insert butyl in the corners carefully
before bonding the panes In addition:
– Bond the frame with the glass panes 2 panes of glass
Adhesive sealing
compound

Bottom
Spacer width = B
Additional sealing in the
groove for the spacer

Inside

280 616
Outside

– Sealing of the pane edge joint with

silicone (e.g. Dow Corning/DC 993 or
Wacker Chemie Elastosil SG 500) Area to be removed

Pane edge joint for K 11732

double glazing Date 12.05.03
manufacture
FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–26

 Tables for calculating preliminary unit sizes in the FW 50+ SG system
(Exact pane sizes should be agreed with the adhesive supplier e.g. Dow Corning or Wacker Chemie)
Bonding dimensions: Joint thickness x joint width = 6 mm x 12 mm
Wind load: 0.500 kN / m2 (kPa)

Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit:

6/20/6 mm 8/20/6 mm 10/20/6 mm
Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Check the maximum glass loads
when using the different T–cleats
(see K 8614).

Unit width (m) Unit width (m) Unit width (m) The curves shown in the charts apply to
Dow Corning only.

Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit:

6/20/8 mm 8/20/8 mm 10/20/8 mm
The dead load of the outer pane
is supported with blocking.
Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Area of use based on
possible load transfers.

Unit width (m) Unit width (m) Unit width (m) Areas not permitted

Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit:

6/20/10 mm 8/20/10 mm 10/20/10 mm
Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Key: Inner pane

Space between panes
Outer pane

Unit width (m) Unit width (m) Unit width (m) K 11809
Tables for calculating
permissible unit sizes Date 06.08.03

FW 50+ SG

F–27 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Tables for calculating preliminary unit sizes in the FW 50+ SG system
(Exact pane sizes should be agreed with the adhesive supplier e.g. Dow Corning or Wacker Chemie)
Bonding dimensions: Joint thickness x joint width = 6 mm x 12 mm
Wind load: 1.000 kN / m2 (kPa)

Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit:

6/20/6 mm 8/20/6 mm 10/20/6 mm
Check the maximum glass loads
when using the different T–cleats
Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

(see K 8614).

The curves shown in the charts apply to

Dow Corning only.

The dead load of the outer pane

is supported with blocking.
Unit width (m) Unit width (m) Unit width (m)

Area of use based on

Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit: possible load transfers.
6/20/8 mm 8/20/8 mm 10/20/8 mm
Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Areas that are not
permitted because the
thermal loads are too high

Example using fixed double glazing:

The maximum size of a double glazing unit with a

composition of 6 / 20 / 6 using glazing support 228 391
and T–cleats is approx. 5 m2, e.g. 2 m high and 2.5 m
Unit width (m) Unit width (m) Unit width (m) wide.

Weight check
Composition of glazing unit 6 / 20 / 6
Surface area 5 m2
Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit: (0.006 m + 0.006 m) x 2.5 x 103 kg/ m3 x 5 m = 150 kg
6/20/10 mm 8/20/10 mm 10/20/10 mm
Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Key: Inner pane

Space between panes
Outer pane

Unit width (m) Unit width (m) Unit width (m) K 11813
Tables for calculating
permissible unit sizes Date 12.06.03
FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–28

 Tables for calculating preliminary unit sizes in the FW 50+ SG system
(Exact pane sizes should be agreed with the adhesive supplier e.g. Dow Corning or Wacker Chemie)
Bonding dimensions: Joint thickness x joint width = 6 mm x 12 mm
Wind load: 1.500 kN / m2 (kPa)

Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit:

6/20/6 mm 8/20/6 mm 10/20/6 mm
Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Check the maximum glass loads
when using the different T–cleats
(see K 8614).

Unit width (m) Unit width (m) Unit width (m) The curves shown in the charts apply to
Dow Corning only.

Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit:

6/20/8 mm 8/20/8 mm 10/20/8 mm
The dead load of the outer pane
is supported with blocking.
Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Area of use based on
possible load transfers.

Unit width (m) Unit width (m) Unit width (m)

Areas not permitted

Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit: Composition of glazing unit:

6/20/10 mm 8/20/10 mm 10/20/10 mm
Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Unit height (m)

Key: Inner pane

Space between panes
Outer pane

Unit width (m) Unit width (m) Unit width (m) K 11814
Tables for calculating
permissible unit sizes Date 12.06.03
FW 50+ SG

F–29 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 Drainage and ventilation Drainage and ventilation
Projected top hung vents and parallel opening Spandrel panels
windows
Horizontal cover cap Vertical cover cap

approx. 120
Notch gasket rebate at the side to
allow for pressure equalisation in the
front chamber

There must be a minimum of 3 drainage slots

in the bottom rebate of each pane.
The distance between slots must not exceed
600 mm.
For windows with a pane width up to 800 mm,
the middle slot at the bottom may be omitted.

On the sides,
only open at
the top

Open inner gasket 224 662 out

for 50 mm every 500 mm

approx. 120
Drainage opening,
remove gasket in sections

Drill drainage hole using

drilling jig 280 601 (see
drawing K11727)

K 11724
approx. 120 Drainage and
ventilation Date 02.08.02
FW 50+ SG

2.2004/GB FW 50+ SG F–30

 FW 50+ with cover caps FW 60+ with cover caps FW 50+ with cover caps FW 50+ with vertical cover caps

With retention With retention

With glazing profile profile
bead

FW 60+ with
glazing bead also
possible

FW 50+ with horizontal cover caps FW 50+ SG with U-shaped dry glazing FW 50+ SG with wet sealing on all sides

Bond joints using silicone

adhesive e.g. DC 797

K 11735
Design options Date 17.06.03
S 102 SK / PAF

F–31 Royal S 102 SK / PAF 2.2004/GB

 Outer frame
326 300

280 601
Drilling jig for 326 310
glass retention frame Glass retention frame
Vent frame for top hung friction stays 326 310 PU = 6 m
Manual operation only
326 280
326 290
226 538 280 531
Corner cleat for outer frame Drilling jig for outer frame
PU = 4 corner cleat
326 330
With glass retention frame 326 310 only
Pre–rolled
only
Long glazing supports for fixed glazing
For insert units FW 50+
and FW 60+ 228 391 228 392

For inner corner

224 092 (PT)
326 340 PU = 50 PU = 50
226 537 226 270
Corner cleat for Corner cleat for
vent frame vent frame
PU = 4 PU = 4
suitable for: suitable for: 280 530
Rolled together by customer
for FW 50+ SG insert units 326 330 326 660 Drilling jig for vent frame Glazing clips for vent frame
326 340 326 670 corner cleat
237 840 237 841

Vent frame for top hung friction long short

stays and parallel opening stays
Manual or motorised operation PU = 10 PU = 10

326 650

326 290 Drilling jig for

Inner profile
vent frame
corner cleat
Outer profile
326 660 238 151
Corner cleat for
With glass retention frame 326 310 only 280 991
vent frame
PU = 4 228 650
Pre–rolled suitable for:
only 328 400
For outer profile 328 400 326 730 326 740 228 650
Motor suspension Motor cover Spring clip
For insert units FW 50+ PU = 6 m PU = 6 m PU = 50
and FW 60+

224 092 (PT) 326 670 Pre–rolled

only
328 400
328 420 328 600
Glazing bead Glazing bead
for vent for vent For more accessories, see façade manual FW 50+
For insert units FW 50+ 328 400 328 400
Rolled together by customer and FW 60+
for FW 50+ SG insert units

K 11712
Profiles and accessories Date 04.06.03
S 102 SK / PAF

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 SK / PAF F–32

 EPDM PU PU PU
Art. No. Description Gaskets Art. No. Description
gaskets (m) (Qty) (m)

244 147 Centre gasket for inner vent profile I–profile rebate
224 896
gasket
244 151 Gasket frame
244 150 Gasket corner for inner profile Silicone gasket for
244 943 glass retention frame
244 148 Centre gasket for outer vent profile
244 144 PE filler piece
244 152 Gasket corner for outer profile

Silicone gasket
244 141 for pure SG
glazing only

244 142 Silicone gasket for

insert units
Glazing gasket Adapter gasket
EPDM gasket EPDM PU and
PU gaskets double–sided
Art. No. (m)
(m) Art. No. (mm) 244 143 bracket
224 933
224 350
224 934 EPDM gasket for insert
244 394 units, with all–round
244 071 pressure plate

224 938
244 072

Rebate gasket 224 935

EPDM gasket
PU 244 557
Art. No. (m)
224 936

224 310 224 937

244 555

K 11713
Gaskets Date 26.05.03
S 102 SK / PAF

F–33 Royal S 102 SK / PAF 2.2004/GB

 Chain
Motor bracket 237 438 with adjustment plate motor

Locking
motor
Chain motor Art. No. 233 119 Motor bracket
411 mm chain length 237 439 1 PU = 2

Mounting rail 326 730

1 PU motor bracket Art. No. 237 438
Motor bracket with adjustment plate
237 438 1 PU = 2

1 PU synchronous chain motors Art. No. 233 120 (2)

includes 2 m connecting cable

Chain motor Chain motor

411 mm chain length 411 mm chain length

2 PU motor bracket 237 438

Chain motor Art. No. 237 117

214 mm chain length

1 PU motor bracket Art. No. 237 438

233 121
1 PU synchronous chain motor Art. No. 233 118 230 V interface 223 970
includes 3 m connecting cable for 2 chain motors and 1 Control unit for 10
locking motor windows, each with
Chain motor 2 chain motors and
214 mm chain length 1 locking motor

223 969
Control unit for 1 window
with 2 chain motors and
2 PU motor bracket Art. No. 237 438 1 locking motor

Chain motor
214 mm chain length
223 764
5 m connecting cable for connecting control unit and
locking motor or chain motor

223 765 For more power packs and service

10 m connecting cable for connecting control unit and modules, see Intelligent Windows and
Locking motor Art. No. 233 122 locking motor or chain motor Façades manual.

Motor bracket for locking motor Art. No. 237 439

Drive pin supplied with K 11808

locking motor Overview of motors,
control units and Date 14.10.02
accessories
S 102 SK / PAF

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 SK / PAF F–34

 FW 50 SG

299 022 299 022

299 011 299 011
299 011 299 022

122 340 122 390 122 360

FW 50+ SG

299 028 299 028

299 022
299 011 299 011
Max. 50

299 011

299 318

326 330 326 660

326 300 326 340 326 670

Note:
Apply adhesive by hand.

K 12180
Crimping knives
and stop block Date 05.07.02
FW 50 / 50+ SG

F–35 FW 50+ SG 2.2004/GB

 For horizontal or vertical For wet sealing or dry Alternative EPDM profile for
cover caps with silicone glazing with silicone cover caps on all sides
gasket gasket
View C
View A View B

45o mitre cuts 244 394

244 143 45o mitre cuts

244 143 244 142 244 143 244 394

Alternative: Alternative:
notch notch

e.g. DC797
Gasket 244 142

Outer frame
326 300

e.g. DC797 298 257

Gasket
Gasket 244 143
244 143

Gasket
Bonding the gasket corners 244 394
Remove grease from all contact surfaces of the gasket using silicone–compatible
cleaner. Then apply silicone adhesive (e.g. DC797) sparingly.
Install gaskets in the outer frame, press contact surfaces together and stabilise if For notched joints, shorten the joining gasket at the
necessary until the adhesive has hardened. Remove any surplus adhesive. base by 10 or 20 mm depending on the design.
* Seal open profile cavities with silicone compound. Then smooth the surface.

Cut gaskets according to drawings. Cut gaskets

with 2–3 mm excess per metre so that they press
into the corners. Install from the centre to the sides. PFz = Distance between mullions
Length X = PFz+30
Length Y = RIz+30 RIz = Distance between transoms K 11725
Gaskets and
insert units Date 23.08.02
S 102 SK / PAF

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 SK / PAF F–36

 View D
244 141
244 141 45o mitre cuts

Alternative:
notch

Outer frame
326 300

For notched joints, shorten

the joining gasket at the
base by approx. 20 mm.

Gasket
244 141 Cut gaskets according to drawings. Cut gaskets
with 2–3 mm excess so that they press into the
corners. Install from the centre to the sides.

e.g. DC 797

Bonding the gasket corners

Remove grease from all contact surfaces of the gasket using silicone–compatible
cleaner. Then apply silicone compound (e.g. DC797) sparingly. Install gaskets in Length X = PFz+30
the outer frame, press contact surfaces together and stabilise if necessary until Length Y = RIz+30
the adhesive has hardened. Remove any surplus adhesive. Seal open profile
cavities with silicone compound. Then smooth the surface. PFz = Distance between mullions
RIz = Distance between transoms

K 11740
Gaskets and
insert units Date 30.08.02
S 102 SK / PAF

F–37 Royal S 102 SK / PAF 2.2004/GB

 Drainage and ventilation Drainage and ventilation
Projected top hung vent and parallel opening Spandrel panels
window
Horizontal cover cap Vertical cover cap

approx. 120
Notch gasket rebate at the side to
allow for pressure equalisation in the
front chamber

There must be a minimum of 3 drainage slots

in the bottom rebate of each pane.
The distance between slots must not exceed
600 mm.
For windows with a pane width up to 800 mm,
the middle slot at the bottom may be omitted.

On the sides,
only open at
the top

Open inner gasket 224 662 out

for 50 mm every 500 mm

approx. 120
Drainage opening,
remove gasket in sections

Drill drainage hole using

drilling jig 280 601 (see
drawing K11727)

K 11724
approx. 120 Drainage and
ventilation Date 02.08.02
S 102 SK / PAF

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 SK / PAF F–38

 Drainage and ventilation
Projected top hung vents and parallel
opening windows

Max.
800
Max.
800
To stabilise the rebate, use
Up to 1200 mm (1x) two–part polysulphide from Teroson
Up to 1800 mm (2x) (Terosat 998R) or similar.
Over 1800 mm (3x) / see diagram

There must be a minimum of 3 drainage slots

in the bottom rebate of each pane.
The distance between slots must not exceed
600 mm.
For windows with a pane width up to 800 mm,
the middle slot may be omitted.

216 834
Corner angle
205 436
ST3.9x9.5
Ø 8 mm hole in
the centre of the
field for draining
the glazing beads

K 11862
Drainage and
ventilation Date 12.05.03
S 102 SK / PAF

F–39 Royal S 102 SK / PAF 2.2004/GB

 Every 250 mm

Pressure
equalisation
opening at
the top on
both sides
Drilling jig
280 601
Scale
2:1
L = Dimension h + 22.4

Dimension h
(measure)
Every 250 mm

Drainage hole Ø 8 every

600 mm

Gasket
244 943

Dimension b Scale
(measure) 5:1

326 310

Every 250 mm 205 080 205 080

ST 3.9x13 ST 3.9x13
L = Dimension b + 22.4
Max. 600
Drainage hole

K 11727
Preparation:
glass retention Date 19.07.02
profile
S 102 SK / PAF

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 SK / PAF F–40

 Drive pin Assembly of locking motor and chain motor on projected top hung and parallel opening units Chain motor
Open 20 mm System name: Royal S 102 SK and Royal S 102 PAF
Chain stop

Electrical
connection to
control unit
Locked
Clo
se
d

326 730
Motor support Mounting rail
Locking motor

Max. 500
Max. 500
Adjustment plate
Electrical Motor support
connection to Set screw
Cladding
control unit from profile
326 740

228 650
Spring clip Suggested assembly
The insert unit for projected top hung and parallel opening vents is fully assembled.
The drive pin for the locking motor is securely fixed to the locking bar.
The mounting rail must be supplied with Ø 4.2 mm holes on two lines. On the side facing the outer frame, a minimum of 4 holes are required in the drilling groove,
depending on the unit width, for provisional fixing. On the sloped leg facing the transom, further holes are required to the left and right of the edge and along the entire length at Adjustment area of
Assembly of the
intervals of max. 250 mm. The rail is now fitted flush with the left and bottom edges on the vent frame. the chain motor
It is advisable for further assembly to be carried out on the load bearing structure of the building since the structural calculations must take place on the transom. Otherwise, the mounted drives
mounting rail would be in the way and would have to be removed or loosened and pushed out of the way. However, it may still be useful to pre–assemble in the workshop. Adjustment plate
This is dependent on site conditions and must be decided for each individual case. After fixing the mounting rail, you can insert the motor supports and provisionally put them in position. For subsequent assembly, observe
the recommendations listed below and follow them in the correct order:
1. Locking motor 2. Chain motors
205 437 The locking mechanism must be in the “closed” position and the The chain must be spooled in the motor as far as possible.
ST3.9x13 vent must be locked (see diagram). Firstly, fix the adjustment plates securely to the motor.
Provisional Insert the motor into the drive pin. Push the motor supports in Fix the chain stop to the vent by pulling the pin clips and securing the –2 mm
fixing place, position the motor on the supports and screw in position. support to the vent using the screws provided.
Tighten the set screws in the supports as there is a risk of Position the chain motor on the supports ensuring that the adjustment
movement due to the locking forces. teeth interlock. Motor support
Unless any small corrections to the working position are Secure the motor using the screws provided.
326 730 necessary, the locking motor is provisionally mounted.
Re–couple the motor and the chain stop with pin clips. +3 mm
Mounting rail
205 172 / ST3.9x19 If necessary, optimise the position of the motor and secure the motor
Rivet nut Chain motor
in the supports using set screws.
Final fixing 3. Check correct operation
Locking motor The final check for correct operation should only be carried out once the mounting rail is securely anchored to the transom.
After the mounting rail has been fixed, assemble the spring clips for the cover (fabricated from profile 326 740). Push the spring clips in front of the
Drive pin load bearing profile, drill Ø 3.2 mm holes and screw in position. If necessary loosen the motors and move.
To check the opening mechanism, open and close the vent several times without locking. Look for smooth operation and sufficient vent pressure
on the outer frame (weathertightness). If necessary, optimise the position of the vent over the teeth of the adjustment plate. Tighten all set screws.
Important: The cover can only be fitted on the unit once all electrical connections have been installed.
4. Cover
Position the cover (length: distance between mullions – 1.5 mm) with the short bar on the transom and in front of the spring clips and lightly press
on the spring clips to finally secure it in place. Flush with the edge of the transom at least, 1 mm gap preferable.
IMPORTANT:
For top mounting recommendations, it is assumed that all relevant drawings and instruction manuals, particularly those which refer to insert unit
fabrication, are observed and that only accessories supplied and recommended by Schüco are used. The consequences of every step must be For more information on drives, see: K11767,
evaluated by the fabricator. The procedure must be followed independently and correctly, hence no claims for compensation can be accepted due K11768 and K11769
to this suggested assembly.

The maintenance and operation guidelines for power operated

windows, doors and gates (GUV 10.16) must be observed. K 11770
Min. 130 Assembly of chain
and locking motors Date 26.08.02
S 102 SK / PAF

F–41 Royal S 102 SK / PAF 2.2004/GB

 Handle for profile 326 650 and
Lining for use with friction stays Rebate stay
328 400 (20 mm)
Top hung friction stays Top hung friction stays Top hung friction stays in profiles such as 326 650 and 219 609 PU = 1 of each
233 104 233 105 233 106 328 400 PU = 2
with fixing screws
234 186 silver
234 315 RAL 9005 black
234 188 RAL 9010 pure white
234 189 RAL 9016 white
237 477 To special order
PU = 2
(1 right/1 left)
Handle for profile like 326 280 (13 mm)
PU = 1 of each

234 785 silver

234 788 RAL 9005 black
234 786 RAL 9010 pure white
Counterbore the appropriate 234 787 RAL 9016 white
hole for ST 5.5 x 20 Art. No.
205 930.

Supplementary fitting kit Locking roller

223 559 218 368
2 PU = 1 of each PU = 10

Centre locking point

237 507 Locking keep
PU = 10 of each 218 362
PU = 10

Locking gear Additional fitting kit (for electric motor)

237 508 237 567
PU = 1 of each PU = 1 of each

For window handles with 43 mm fixing

centres and 7 mm square drive.

Fixing screws for screwing Additional fitting kit (bottom and side locking, as
the friction stays in position
shown in K11731).
223 558
PU = 1 of each
205 981 205 964 205 930
ST 5.5x16 ST 5.5x11 ST 5.5x20
Top hung friction stays
PU = 100 PU = 100 PU = 100
Length Angle of PU
Art. No. Max. vent
X opening weight (kg) Units
(mm) (degrees)
233 104
1 right
1 left

233 105
Adjustment block
233 106
237 882
Lining for friction stays
Locking bar PU = 2
The linings serve to bridge
over the difference of the
1 right

106 116 E0/EV1 anodised

1 left

237 477 rebate 21 to 17 = 4 mm

Installation in vent frames 106 117 RAL 9005 black
326 660 and 326 670 VE = 6 m bar
K 11729
Fittings for projected Date 15.05.03
top hung vents
Royal S 102 SK

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 SK F–42

 326 300
224 683
326 330

Friction stay 233 104 shown, similar

Supplementary fitting kit principles for friction stay 233 105,
223 559 similar principles for friction stay 233 106

205 964
Torx T25 screw
ST 5.5x11
Distances for fixing holes
Top hung Length Opening Max.
friction stay Top hung friction vent weight Vent frame Outer frame Setting
angle the braking
Art. No. stay I/mm kg w/mm x/mm y/mm z/mm a/mm b/mm c/mm d/mm
power
233 104
205 930
233 105 Torx T25 countersunk

Length I friction stay

screw
233 106 ST 5.5x20
(countersink vent
profile as well)
Installation of the stays and the vent
– Position the first hole (w. a) and last hole (y or z. d) in
vent and outer frame.
237 477 – Install the stay (adjustment block 237 882 optional, in
When using vent frames which case make an additional ø6.7 hole). Tighten
326 660 screws by hand and align the height of the vent.
326 670 – Now position the centre holes and screw in place.
326 290 / 326 650 – Tighten all screws.
insert lining between stay and vent frame.
Use corresponding holes. IMPORTANT:
The opening angle must be limited
to a min. 45o.
Counterbore the corresponding holes in the
plates provided, insert the plate in the friction
stay as shown and screw into position with
Remove corner of locking bar groove countersunk screw ST 5.5x20 Art. No.
205 930. To set an angle of 20o or 30o,
screw the plate into the corresponding hole.
205 930 Stay 233 106 is limited to 20o.
TORX 25 countersunk self–tapping screw
ST 5.5x20
(with friction stay 233 106 only)
(use in this position)

adjustable
(countersink vent profile as well)
Centred handle
326 330 326 300 326 660 recess

205 964
Tools for fabrication Torx T25 screw
ST 5.5x11
Before assembly:
For fixing handle: Drilling jig 299 322
Vent frame corner cleats and
top hole in the vent frame
for the friction stays: Drilling jig 280 530 Vent frame LH
Outer frame corner cleats and shown Max. áo
top hole in the vent frame 237 882
for the friction stays: Drilling jig 280 531 Adjustment block
Drilling jig
Outer frame RH view
Locking bar: Press tool 290 265 299 322 237 882
106 116 Align height of vent
106 117
280 531
Drilling jig 280 530 Additional fitting kit
Additional fitting kit Drilling jig
223 558 223 558

De–burr profile after mitre cut

and position drilling jig

K 11734
Projected top hung windows must only be installed in vertical façades. Installation Date 20.02.03
of fittings
Royal S 102 SK

F–43 Royal S 102 SK 2.2004/GB

 Type (1) Type (2)
Friction stays Friction stays
with additional fitting kit
223 558

Up to 1.3 m vent width 1 centre locking point Up to 1.3 m vent width 1 centre locking point
From 1.3 m to 1.7m vent width 2 centre locking points From 1.3 m to 1.7 m vent width 2 centre locking points

Locking points

Vent height h with

Locking points rebate stay 219 609 max:

Outer frame
component adjustable

Max. vent sizes for manual operation

Type 2 (locking bar and bottom and side locking)
Vent frames 326 330 / 326 340
Vent frames 326 660 / 326 670
Max. vent sizes for manual operation
Type 1 (locking bar and bottom locking point only)
Vent frames 326 330 / 326 340
Vent frames 326 660 / 326 670

0 – 20 m
installation

Vent frame height (m)

0 – 20 m installation height

Vent frame height (m)

height
Swing in vent frame
component and tighten.

Vent frame width (m) Vent frame width (m)

Specification tables not suitable for building

corners or for increased negative wind loads.

K 11774
Calculating vent size for
manual operation Date 01.10.02
Royal S 102 SK

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 SK F–44

 Type (1) Type (2) Type (3)
Friction stays Friction stays Friction stays
(A) Additional fitting kit 223 558 (A) Additional fitting kit 223 558
(B) Supplementary fitting kit 223 559

Locking points Locking points Locking points

Max. vent height h with Max. vent height h with

rebate stay 219 609: rebate stay 219 609:

Corner drives installed as shown on

LR = Length of locking bar drawing K11734.

For vent widths and vent Max. vent sizes Max. vent sizes Max. vent sizes
heights below 750 mm, the Manual operation type 1 Manual operation type 2 Manual operation type 3
joint sizes must be checked by (locking at bottom) (locking at sides and bottom) (locking on all sides)
the silicone adhesive supplier Vent frames 326 660 / 326 670 Vent frames 326 660 / 326 670 Vent frames 326 660 / 326 670
Important:
Distance between locking points X1,
Z1 must be a maximum of 700 mm.
Examples:
b = 2000 mm:
X = b – 346 mm
Vent frame height (m)

X = 2000 mm – 346 mm
X = 1654 mm
1654 mm / 700 mm = 2.36 ⇒ 3 x X1 ⇒ X1 = X / 3
0 –20 m X1 = 1654 mm / 3 = 551 mm
Vent frame height (m)

20 –100 m or
b = 1500 mm:
X = b – 346 mm

Vent frame height (m)

X = 1500 mm – 346 mm
X = 1154 mm
1154 mm / 700 mm = 1.65 ⇒ 2 x X1 ⇒ X1 = X / 2
X1 = 1154 mm / 2 = 577 mm
Vent frame width (m)
Order locking keep
218 362 and locking
roller 218 368 separately
Vent frame width (m)
Riz min. Riz min.
Art. No. Vent weight Tolerances
without side with side locking Vent frame width (m)
Top hung friction G/KN y/mm
locking
stay

233 104 Max. 0.63

233 105 Max. 0.75

233 106 Max. 1.20

Calculating fittings K 11731
and locking bar size, Date 24.09.02
types 1 – 3
Royal S 102 SK

F–45 Royal S 102 SK 2.2004/GB

 Type (4)
Friction stays
(B) Supplementary fitting kit 223 559

205 457 self–locking screw

AL flat 10x6, 60 mm
M5

223 559

Since this leg of the corner drive can only be Locking bar joint
inserted when a locking bar is used, the locking bar
must not be attached and must be connected after
the corner drive has been inserted. See above right.

Vent height h

Locking bar joint

Locking points

223 559

Important:
Distance between locking points X1,
Z1 must be a maximum of 700 mm.

Examples:
b = 2000 mm:
X = b – 346 mm
LR = Length of locking bar X = 2000 mm – 346 mm
When using corner drive 223 559 at the bottom with this type as X = 1654 mm
shown, vents can be constructed with a height of 100 mm less 1654 mm / 700 mm = 2.36 ⇒ 3 x X1 ⇒ X1 = X / 3
than types 1, 2 and 3 on drawing K11731. X1 = 1654 mm / 3 = 551 mm
or
b = 1500 mm:
X = b – 346 mm
X = 1500 mm – 346 mm
X = 1154 mm
1154 mm / 700 mm = 1.65 ⇒ 2 x X1 ⇒ X1 = X / 2
Area of use X1 = 1154 mm / 2 = 577 mm

Max. vent sizes Order locking keep

Riz min. Manual operation, type 4
Art. No. 218 362 and locking
Vent frame height (m)

without side Vent weight

Top hung friction G/KN (top and bottom locking) roller 218 368 separately
locking
stay
Vent frames 326 660 / 326 670
233 104 Max. 0.63

233 105 Max. 0.75

233 106 Max. 1.20 FW 50+ shown

Similar principles for FW 60+
Vent frame width (m)

Calculating fittings K 11733

and locking bar size, Date 02.09.02
type 4
Royal S 102 SK

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 SK F–46

 Top hung friction stay
Minimum sizes for installing
rebate stay 219 609
with side locking without side locking
Opening angle Vent Outer frame Vent Outer frame
Friction stay
Art. No.
(for minimum sizes) x/mm y/mm a/mm b/mm c/mm x/mm y/mm a/mm b/mm c/mm

233 104
233 105
233 106

Outer frame height min. c

Vent height
min. y

RIZ min. b
Reference dimension for outer frame

Reference dimension for vent frame

219 609
Rebate stay with
fixing screws
ST 4.8x22
PU = 2

219 609
Min. Rebate stay with
160 engagement
mechanism

approx.

Vent frame LH shown

Outer frame LH shown

K 11739
Rebate stay Date 15.10.02
Royal S 102 SK

F–47 Royal S 102 SK 2.2004/GB

 Preparation for profile:
Art. No. 326 660 / 326 670 Preparation for profile:
Art. No. 326 330 / 326 340

Using screws that are too long

hinder the gearbox travel.
M5 x 35 (profile 326 650)
M5 x 30 (profile 326 280)
Remove square
drive from 223 559
For size details and other
handle calculations of the locking
bar size, see K11731

Locking gear 237 508 for window 223 558

handles with 7 mm square drive
and 43 mm fixing centres

Locking bar preparation Installation of K 11773

gearbox for standard
handles, 43 mm Date 07.08.02
fixing centres Royal S 102 SK

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 SK F–48

 Table 1 Table 2

Table 1 Table 2

0 – 20 m installation height
Vent frame height (m)

Vent frame height (m)

0 – 20 m installation height

Chain motor Art. No. 233 119

1 chain motor 1 chain motor
20 –100 m 2 centre locking points
installation height
Motor bracket
Art. No. 237 438

2 centre locking points Art. No. 237 507

Vent frame width (m) Vent frame width (m) on the side and no bottom locking
No locking points

Table 3

Table 3
0 – 20 m installation
height

Chain motor 233 119

Locking motor 233 122 1 chain motor
1 locking motor
1 additional fitting kit
Vent frame height (m)

Locking motor Art. No. 237 567

Chain motor
20 –100 m
installation
height 237 439 motor bracket for locking motor Motor bracket 237 439 with adjustment plate 237 438 for chain motor

Vent frame width (m)

Table 4
Table 4
0 – 20 m installation height

2 chain motors
3 centre locking points
Vent frame height (m)

1 PU synchronous chain motors 233 120 (2)

3 centre locking points Art. No. 237 507
on the side and no bottom locking
Vent frames 326 660 / 326 670 Chain motor Chain motor

Vent frame width (m)

Table 5 1 PU synchronous chain motors 233 120 (2) Table 5

Locking motor 233 122
0 – 20 m installation height
2 chain motors
1 locking motor
1 additional fitting kit Art. No. 237 567
1 additional fitting kit Art. No. 223 559
Vent frame height (m)

20 –100 m installation height

Locking points on all sides

Locking motor

Vent frame width (m)

237 439 motor bracket for locking motor
237 438 for chain motor

Specification tables not suitable for building K 11805

corners or for increased negative wind loads. Calculating vent size for
motorised operation Date 01.10.02
Royal S 102 SK

F–49 Royal S 102 SK 2.2004/GB

 Chain contact point in centre of
vent frame.

Min. vent width 1120 mm

Max. vent width 1300 mm

Locking bar lengths specially

calculated

h = total height of vent frame

Included in chain motor PU
Locking motor
Chain motor
To calculate the length of the locking bar
for vent widths between 850–1120 mm,
326 730 see K11710

326 740 IMPORTANT: Friction stay depends on vent size,

see K11734 DD
Inside view of frame 1 additional fitting kit 223 558
237 439
228 615

205 436

205 522

b = total width of vent frame For installation of fittings, see

K11734
Calculating the size of
locking bar 106 110

Push in PVC–U
guide component

Couple connecting rod Friction stay depends on vent size,

see K11734 DD
with locking bars and fix
Chain contact point in centre of 1 additional fitting kit 223 558
to drive pin with screws 1 supplementary fittings kit 223 559
vent frame.

Min. vent width 1120 mm

h = total height of vent frame

Included in locking motor PU
Max. vent width 1500 mm

X maximum distance between

locking points 700 mm
Keep 218 362
Locking roller 218 368
Order separately

Centre of vent frame

20 mm b = total width of vent frame
Open Closed
Additional locking roller for
vent width over 1300 mm
b/2 (min. 560)
b = total width of vent frame Outside edge of vent frame

Included in locking motor PU Flush with outside edge of frame when using motor support right

Locking motor and fittings shown

in closed position

Locking motor
Chain motor Shorten load–bearing profile
326 730 by 40 mm.
Motor bracket can be inserted
after assembly

237 439 motor bracket for locking motor Motor bracket 237 438 with adjustment plate for chain motor
Adjustment plate
For installation of motor see K11770

Distance between mullions–41

Locking motor For assembly of the motors, see K11770
To control unit white white Important
brown brown
white white Chain motor
Note maintenance and operating regulations and
guidelines for power operated windows, doors K 11767
brown brown and gates (in accordance with GUV 16.10). Calculating locking bar
Plug not used green size for use with motors Date 16.10.02
(large vents)
Royal S 102 SK

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 SK F–50

 Locking motor
Included in chain motor PU Chain motor Calculating the size of
locking bar 106 110
326 730

326 740
237 439
228 615

205 436
Length of locking bar and alignment for
min. vent width of 850 mm to 1120 mm.
205 522

h = total height of vent frame

IMPORTANT:
View from inside vent
Push in PVC–U
guide component

Couple connecting rod

with locking bars and
fix to drive pin with
screws

Min. 200
Included in locking motor PU mm for a vent width of 850 mm

B = total width of vent frame X maximum distance between

locking points 700 mm
Motor chain should connect to the centre of the vent frame. Keep 218 362
Possible from a vent width of 915 mm Locking roller 218 368
Order separately

20 mm
Open Closed

b/2 (min. 425) Friction stay depends on vent size,

b = total width of vent frame see K11734
1 additional fitting kit 223 558
1 supplementary fittings kit 223 559
Included in locking motor PU Flush with outside edge of frame when using motor support right
Centre of vent frame Outside edge of vent frame

Locking motor and fittings shown

in closed position

Locking motor
Chain motor Important
Note maintenance and operating regulations and
guidelines for power operated windows, doors
and gates (in accordance with GUV 16.10).

237 439 motor bracket for locking motor Motor bracket 237 438 with adjustment plate for chain motor Adjustment plate

Distance between mullions–6

Locking motor For installation of fittings, see K11734
white white For assembly of the motors, see K11770
To control unit
brown brown
white white Chain motor
brown brown K 11710
green
Calculating locking bar
Plug not used
size for use with motors Date 16.10.02
(small vents)
Royal S 102 SK

F–51 Royal S 102 SK 2.2004/GB

 Locking motor Included in chain motor PU
Calculation of locking bar size
326 730 Chain motor Locking bar 106 110
326 740 X maximum distance between
locking points 700 mm
Order locking keep 218 362
237 459 and locking roller 218 368
228 615 separately

205 436 205 522

Min. vent width: 1420 mm
Max. vent width: 2500 mm

h = total height of vent frame

Friction stay depends on vent size,
see K11734
3 supplementary fitting kits 223 559

IMPORTANT:
Important View from inside vent
Note maintenance and operating regulations and
guidelines for power operated windows, doors
and gates (in accordance with GUV 16.10).

Push in PVC–U
guide component
Included in locking
motor PU Couple connecting rod
with locking bars and fix
to drive pin with screws b = total width of vent frame
Additional locking roller for vent
width over 1300 mm
b = total width of vent frame

20 mm
Important: Open Closed
Outside edge Measurement “Z” must be
of vent frame equal on both sides. This Included in locking motor PU Outside edge
applies to vent size 1670 of vent frame
Locking motor and fittings shown in
closed position

Chain motor Locking motor Chain motor

Cut load–bearing profile
326 730 40 mm shorter
Motor bracket 237 439 can 237 439 Motor bracket for locking motor Motor bracket 237 438 with adjustment plate for chain motor
be inserted after assembly

Distance between mullions–41

Locking motor
To control unit white white
brown brown For assembly of the motors, see K11770
white white white white
white white brown brown brown brown
brown brown Plug not used Chain motor
Chain motor green green green
green green
K 11768
Calculating locking bar
size for two motors Date 10.09.02
Royal S 102 SK

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 SK F–52

 Parallel opening stays Supplementary fitting kit Locking roller
237 493 PU = 3 223 559 218 368
237 494 PU = 5 PU = 1 of each PU = 10

Sliding block
237 390
PU = 3
(1 right/1 left,
1 bottom)

Locking keep
218 362
PU = 10

528 or 588 LH RH

Additional fitting kit (for electric motor)

237 567
PU = 1 of each

Plate for manual operation

238 274 237 882
PU = 20 Adjustment block
PU = 2

Parallel opening stays

Length Opening Max. PU
Art. No. distance vent weight Locking bar
(mm) (mm) (kg) (Qty)
237 493 1 right 106 116 E0/EV1 anodised
237 494 1 left 106 117 RAL 9005 black
Handle for profiles 326 650 (20 mm)
237 390 Sliding block (1 right, 1 left, 1 bottom) VE = 6m bar
and 328 400
PU = 2 of each
Fixing screws for screwing the friction stays Adjustment block 238 235 RAL 9005 black
in position 237 882 238 236 silver
PU = 2
205 981 205 964 205 930
ST 5.5x16 ST 5.5x11 ST 5.5x20
PU = 100 PU = 100 PU = 100

K 11889
Fittings for parallel
opening windows Date 16.05.03
Royal S 102 PAF

F–53 Royal S 102 PAF 2.2004/GB

 green green

brown brown
white white

Outer frame width = Pfz–2 (min. 555 max. 1200)

237 390 237 390

Chain motor

Outer frame height = Riz–2 (min. 600 max. 1400)

Vent frame LH shown
Vent frame height = Riz–37

LH view

View of vent frame from above

Vent frame LH shown

Vent frame width = Pfz –37

Outer frame height = Riz–2 (min. 1170 max. 2200)

Vent frame height = Riz–37

For vent frame heights and a summary of motors,

see K11806
Vent with 3 parallel opening stays 237 493
Sliding block 237 390
Max. vent weight 0.6 KN

green green
205 522
brown brown
white white 326 730
green green

brown brown brown brown To control unit

white white white white Chain motor 326 740
Included in chain 237 438
motor PU
237 439
Outer frame width = Pfz–2 (min. 555 max. 1200) 228 650

Chain motor

Detail in closed position

237 390

Adjusting screw for

aligning the vent
For vent frame heights and a summary of motors,
see K11806
Vent with 5 parallel opening stays 237 493 View of vent frame from underneath
Sliding block 237 390 2 PU
Max. vent weight 1.0 KN

Vent frame width = Pfz –37

K 11771
Installation of Date 13.06.02
fittings
Royal S 102 PAF

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 PAF F–54

 Travel
237 390

237 390

Vent frame LH shown

Outer frame height (Bh) min. 919 max. 1490

Vent frame height (Fh) min. 900 max. 1470

Riz min = 1470 with 2 vertical stays

Riz min = 921 with 1 vertical stay
Calculation of locking bar size

Fh = total height of vent frame

106 116 E0/EV1 anodised

L total = L1 +
106 117 RAL 9005
black, anodised

L2
Outer frame height (Bh) min. 1489 max. 2200

Handle
Vent frame height (Fh) min. 1470 max. 2200

height
Inside view shown in the
open position
Handle
height
Vent frame LH shown

Fb = Vent frame width

Corner drive can only be used with
minimum vent frame width of 920 mm.

Pfz max. = 1200 with manual operation

Pfz min. = 560 with manual operation
Max. vent weight 0.6 kN
3 parallel opening stays Art. No. 237 493
1 x sliding block Art No. 237 390

min.
125
Milling and drilling pattern

237 390

View from underneath vent frame

Vent frame width = Pfz –37

IMPORTANT: Parallel opening

The parallel opening travel must be limited to a length of Drill travel Illustration:
max. 223 mm. hole (mm) For installation of fittings and for
Counterbore the corresponding hole for the plate supplied electric motor lock, see K11807
Art. No. 238 274. Insert the plate into the friction stay as
shown and screw into position using countersunk screw ST Fb = total width of vent frame
5.5x20 Art. No. 205 930 (countersink vent profile as well). Fh = total height of vent frame
Max. vent weight 1 kN To set the parallel opening travel to a length of (123 to Bb = total width of outer frame
5 parallel opening stays Art. No. 237 494 Handle 223) mm, screw into the corresponding hole. Bh = total height of outer frame
2 x sliding block Art No. 237 390 height

Handle height and cutting locking bar must be Installation of fittings, K 11859
adapted. manual operation and Date 10.04.03
locking
Royal S 102 PAF

F–55 Royal S 102 PAF 2.2004/GB

 Example (1)
1 PU synchronous chain motor Art. No. 233 118
1 set of friction stays Art. No. 237 493
2 PU motor bracket Art. No. 237 438
Max. vent weight 0.6 KN

Example (2)
1 PU synchronous chain motor Art. No. 233 118
Vent frame height (m)

1 set of friction stays Art. No. 237 494

2 PU motor bracket Art. No. 237 438 Chain motor

Max. vent weight 1.0 KN

Vent frame width (m)

Specification table not suitable for building

corners or for increased negative wind loads.

Example (3)
1 PU synchronous chain motor Art. No. 233 118
1 PU locking motor Art. No. 233 122 Locking
Chain motor motor
1 set of friction stays Art. No. 237 494
2 PU motor bracket Art. No. 237 438
1 PU motor bracket Art. No. 237 439
Max. vent weight 0.6 KN

Chain motor Locking motor

Example (4)
3 synchronous chain motors (to special order)
1 PU locking motor (to special order)
3 sets of friction stays Art. No. 237 493
3 PU motor bracket Art. No. 237 438 For installation of stays and motors, see K11771
1 PU motor bracket Art. No. 237 439
Max. vent weight 1.4 KN
K 11806
Calculating vent size for
motorised operation Date 27.06.02
Royal S 102 PAF

2.2004/GB Royal S 102 PAF F–56

 Calculating the size of
locking bar 106 110
237 390

237 390
Inside view

h = total height of vent frame

Vent frame LH shown
Vent frame height min. 900 max. 1470

Outer frame height min. 919 max. 1490

min. 1470 with 2 vertical stays

min. 900 with 1 vertical stay
Min. 80

b = total width of vent frame min. 995

Push in PVC–U
guide component
Vent frame height min. 1470 max. 2200

Outer frame height min. 1489 max. 2220

Included in locking Couple connecting rod with locking bars

motor PU and fix to drive pin with screws
Vent frame LH shown

Min. 131

Max. vent weight 0.6 KN

1 PU = 3 parallel opening stays Art. No. 237 493
1 PU = 1 sliding block Art. No. 237 390
Locking motor and fittings shown
green green green green green Plug not used in closed position
brown brown brown brown brown brown
white white white white white white
brown brown
Chain white white
motor Locking motor

237 439 motor bracket

for locking motor

Locking
motor

237 390 Illustration:

Bottom chain motor and locking motor
For top chain motor, see K11771

Min. 131 For a summary of sizes and for

electric motors, see K11806
Max. vent weight 1 KN View from underneath vent frame
1 PU = 5 parallel opening stays Art. No. 237 494
1 PU = 2 sliding blocks Art. No. 237 390
Installation of fittings, K 11807
Vent frame width = Pfz –37 motors and locking Date 12.05.03
Royal S 102 PAF

F–57 Royal S 102 PAF 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ Insert units for vertical façades only FW 60+
224 606

228 390 237 479

224 683 224 662

Glass edge cover in
accordance with 244 943
DIN 18516

224 268 224 896

326 330
244 147
Minimum basic depth for FW 50+ substructure

Module height
Vent frame
Projected top hung manual operation motorised operation
vent manual Mullion Transom Mullion Transom Projected top hung
operation only vent manual
322 260 322 400 322 290 322 430
operation only
Royal S 102 SK 65 mm 70 mm 125 mm 130 mm
Royal S 102 SK
326 290 326 280
Alternative Glass edge cover in
326 330
Without glass retention profile for Parallel opening vent accordance with
installation heights up to 8 m Royal S 102 PAF DIN 18516 326 300

326 310
326 650

326 290
244 394
160 620 237 841
160 630
205 080
244 148
Min. 70
Projected top hung
Module width vent manual
Using parallel opening operation only
vent as projected top
hung vent
for motorised
operation
204 507
Min. 65

162 880 244 394 224 606 224 809

162 180

PFz = Distance between mullions

112 710 Paste the pane excess with silicone to
RIz = Distance between transoms
160 720 ensure that it is the same colour.
Overview: K 11718
insert units
Royal S 102 SK / PAF and Date 22.08.02
FW 50+ / FW 60+
FW 50+ / FW 60+

2.2004/GB FW 50+ / FW 60+ F–58

 Royal S 102 SK projected top hung vents Insert units for vertical
(manual and motorised operation)
Royal S 102 PAF (motorised operation only) façades only

224 606

228 390 326 650 328 400

Alternative
Vent with
224 662 glazing bead
(pre–rolled)
244 148

224 896
224 105

244 147
326 290 244 143
224 350 328 420 224 310
224 268

Important:
Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound, such as DC 797 or At all cruciform and T–joints between pressure plate profiles
Projected top hung

Module height
Elastosil 600 or 605 to seal the glass joints. and sealing joints, use customer–fabricated stainless steel
vent Observe the fabrication guidelines of the sealant supplier (e.g. cover plates, shown right, to separate EPDM gaskets and
Manual operation only DOW CORNING or Wacker Chemie) to ensure that the sealant is sealing compound.
compatible and bonds with the pane edge joint. Plate dimensions: 30x20x0.2 mm
Stainless steel
You should also ensure compatibility with silicone and EPDM plates
profiles and butyl tape.
Module width Minimum basic depth for FW 50+ substructure
Vent frame
manual operation motorised operation
Mullion Transom Mullion Transom
322 260 322 400 322 290 322 430
65 mm 70 mm 125 mm 130 mm
326 300
Royal S 102 SK project top hung
vent (manual operation only)

237 841 326 280

204 507
244 142
224 809

112 710
160 620

326 290

244 145 244 144 Paste the pane excess

with silicone to ensure that
244 143
it is the same colour.

Important:
224 867 Only double glazed units that have UV–resistant silicone edge seals may be used. PFz = Distance between mullions
All combinations of glass, silicone adhesive and pre–filler should be agreed with RIz = Distance between transoms
the glass, adhesive and sealant suppliers. (Warranty)
Section details with K 11719
vertical silicone
FW 50+ / FW 60+ Date 03.07.03
FW 50+/FW60+

F–59 FW 50+ / FW 60+ 2.2004/GB

 Insert units for vertical
Royal S 102 SK projected top hung vents façades only
(manual and motorised operation)
Royal S 102 PAF (motorised operation only)

228 390
244 143
328 400
224 148 Alternative

326 650
Vent with
224 662 glazing bead
(pre–rolled)

224 896

224 105
244 147

326 290
224 268 224 350 328 420
224 310

Module height
Important:
Important:
Only double glazed units that have UV–resistant silicone edge seals may
be used. At all cruciform and T–joints between pressure plate profiles
All combinations of glass, silicone adhesive and pre–filler should be and sealing joints, use customer–fabricated stainless steel
agreed with the glass, adhesive and sealant suppliers. (Warranty) cover plates, shown right, to separate EPDM gaskets and
sealing compound.
Plate dimensions: 30x20x0.2 mm Stainless steel
plates
Minimum basic depth for FW 50+ substructure
Vent frame Module width
manual operation motorised operation
Mullion Transom Mullion Transom
322 260 322 400 322 290 322 430
326 300 65 mm 70 mm 125 mm 130 mm

Royal S 102 SK project top hung

vent (manual operation only)

237 840

204 507 326 280

244 144
326 290
224 809 Paste the pane excess
224 606 with silicone to ensure that
112 710 244 142 it is the same colour.
244 394
110 240
224 145 Use a UV–resistant silicone sealing compound, such as DC 797 or Elastosil 600 or
605 to seal the glass joints. Observe the fabrication guidelines of the sealant supplier Distance between mullions
(e.g. DOW CORNING or Wacker Chemie) to ensure that the sealant is compatible
and bonds with the pane edge joint.
Distance between transoms
You should also ensure compatibility with silicone and EPDM profiles and butyl tape. Section details with K 11720
horizontal silicone joint
FW 50+ / FW 60+ Date 22.05.03
FW 50+/FW 60+

2.2004/GB FW 50+ / FW 60+ F–60

 Glazing options
with pressure plates and with insert unit: Royal S 102 SK or Royal S 102 PAF
Glazing in the vent without glass
retention frame or glazing bead
Glass edge cover Y with
244 148 reinforced glazing support: 18 mm
Glass edge cover X = 13 mm

Fixed
Fixed

light
Reinforced

light
glazing
support

The span thickness of the spandrel panels

Adapter gasket must match the fixed light glazing or be
adapted using rebate gaskets.

Insert unit Insert unit

Standard double glazing
in insert unit

Bonded stepped glazing Standard double glazing Bonded stepped glazing

in insert unit in insert unit in insert unit

With glazing bead

Pane thickness (Y) in the insert units in:

FW 50+ and FW 60+
with glass retention frame

With retention frame With glazing bead With retention frame Spacer Glass thickness Glazing rebate
(mm) gasket
(mm) (mm) E (mm) Art. No.
Pane thickness (X) in the FW 50+ and FW 60+ fixed light in conjunction with accessories 224 269
Gaskets in the fixed light Gaskets in the insert units field Glazing support 224 268
Gasket Adapter gasket in
Glazing rebate gasket Gasket corners Rebate gasket 224 267
corners the outer frame
Mullion Transom Isolator 224 259
Mullion Transom Type A Type B Type A standard reinforced standard reinforced
With glazing bead
(mm) G (mm) Art. No. H (mm) Art. No. Art. No. Art. No. G (mm) Art. No. H (mm) Art. No. Art. No. Art. No. Art. No. Art. No. Art. No. Art. No. (mm) Art. No.
204 691 204 649 204 862 204 826 224 662 204 861 224 808 228 390 237 336 228 681 237 479 224 105
204 507
204 507 224 662 204 861 204 824 204 507 224 662 204 861 224 808 228 390 237 336 228 681 237 479 224 104
204 534 204 533 204 860 204 825 204 534 204 533 204 860 224 808 228 390 237 336 228 681 237 479 224 934 224 063
204 507 224 662 204 861 204 824 204 507 224 662 204 861 224 809 228 391 237 337 228 682 237 480 224 938 Glazing without retention frame or glazing bead
204 534 204 533 204 860 204 825 204 534 204 533 204 860 224 809 228 391 237 337 228 682 237 480 224 935 224 259
204 691 204 649 204 862 204 826 204 691 204 649 204 862 224 810 228 392 237 312 228 683 237 481 224 936 224 259
204 507 224 662 204 861 204 824 204 507 224 662 204 861 224 810 228 392 237 312 228 683 237 481 224 937
204 534 204 533 204 860 204 825 204 691 204 649 204 862 224 810 228 392 237 312 228 683 237 481 224 936

Glazing table K 11810

including cover caps
and glazing beads Date 03.07.03
FW 50+ / FW 60+

F–61 FW 50+ / FW 60+ 2.2004/GB

 FW 50+ Insert units for vertical FW 60+
façades only
224 606
Parallel opening vent
228 390 with glazing bead 237 479
Royal S 102 PAF
motorised operation
only
224 662
224 063 204 691

244 555
224 896
Minimum basic depth for FW 50+ substructure 244 394 244 147
Vent frame
manual operation motorised operation
224 606
Mullion Transom Mullion Transom 224 539

Module height
322 260 322 400 322 290 322 430
Projected top 65 mm 70 mm 125 mm 130 mm 328 600 205 436
hung vent with
glazing bead 224 105 Projected top hung
Fixed light Insert unit Vent 328 400
Royal S 102 SK vent with glazing bead
Glass Gasket Gasket Glazing Gasket Glass
(mm) Isolator Transom Mullion Adapter Mullion bead Outside Inside (mm) Royal S 102 SK
224 205
224 269
224 105
328 420
224 268 328 400
204 649 204 691 224 104
224 808 204 662 204 507 224 933 204 534 224 267

100 m
204 533 204 534 224 063 326 300
204 649 204 691 224 259
224 539
224 809 204 662 204 507 224 933 224 205
224 310
204 533 204 534 224 269
204 649 204 691 224 105
224 810 204 662 204 507 224 557 204 691 328 600 224 268
204 533 204 534 224 104
160 620 204 649 204 691 224 267
224 811 204 662 204 507 224 555 224 063

200 m
204 533 204 534 224 259 160 630
Min. 70 PU 6 m bar 200 m 100 m 100 m 100 m 6 m bar 100 m

Module width

204 507
Min. 65

162 880 244 394 224 539 328 420 224 606 224 809
162 180
Can only be used for vertical façades
PFZ = Distance between mullions
112 710 RIZ = Distance between transoms
160 720 Insert units for K 11847
vertical façades
FW 50+ / FW 60+ Date 20.02.03
FW 50+/FW 60+

2.2004/GB FW 50+ / FW 60+ F–62